diff options
| author | jmc <jmc@pkgsrc.org> | 2002-03-28 10:11:50 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | jmc <jmc@pkgsrc.org> | 2002-03-28 10:11:50 +0000 |
| commit | 2ce70215a8fc4813f375a1f3d3e041aeab8fcd11 (patch) | |
| tree | 5d91389ec4345308d97883c01c60c9f3c4f40ae6 /lang/gcc | |
| parent | ae7898d267ead61384e72c6d84b79fe767d7db7c (diff) | |
| download | pkgsrc-2ce70215a8fc4813f375a1f3d3e041aeab8fcd11.tar.gz | |
Update patch set against a sync of source from gnusrc/dist/toolchain.
Not very many overall changes. Main ones include
1. Support for powerpc, arm32 and vax
2. Makefile.gcc can now be included by anything which depends on gcc versions.
If the version installed isn't 2.95.3 it'll add itself as a BUILD_DEPENDS.
(XXX: any of the makefile's in pkgsrc should be checked and change to use
this)
3. Remove special PLIST.NetBSD-sparc as it's no longer needed
4. Change post-extract loop to pick up any arch files from FILESDIR without
having to hardcode all the archs
5. Remove arch restrictions as this should work on any arch supported by the
main source tree as of 03/28/02
6. Add PKGREVISION as this clearly isn't stock 2.95.3 (it doesn't change
gcc --version so version checks won't care).
Diffstat (limited to 'lang/gcc')
82 files changed, 7622 insertions, 581 deletions
diff --git a/lang/gcc/Makefile b/lang/gcc/Makefile index 6a21dcbf0af..75af9e8868f 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/Makefile +++ b/lang/gcc/Makefile @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ -# $NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.38 2002/03/25 14:43:00 cjep Exp $ +# $NetBSD: Makefile,v 1.39 2002/03/28 10:11:50 jmc Exp $ # Make sure that the version number in "Makefile.gcc" matches this. DISTNAME= gcc-2.95.3 CATEGORIES= lang MASTER_SITES= ${MASTER_SITE_GNU:=gcc/} +PKGREVISION= 1 +# +# Synced from patches against main source tree as of: +# +# 03/28/02 MAINTAINER= packages@netbsd.org HOMEPAGE= http://www.gnu.org/software/gcc/gcc.html COMMENT= GNU Compiler Collection BUILD_DEPENDS+= bison-[0-9]*:../../devel/bison -# The platforms listed below are the only tested platforms so far. -# If you get gcc working on other platforms, then please add them. -ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM= NetBSD-*-i386 NetBSD-*-arm32 SunOS-*-* - USE_GMAKE= YES HAS_CONFIGURE= YES CONFIGURE_ARGS= --host=${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} \ @@ -33,10 +34,6 @@ WRKSRC= ${WRKDIR}/objdir CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --with-gnu-as --with-gnu-ld --infodir=${PREFIX}/info GCC_PREFIX= ${LOCALBASE}/${PKGNAME} -.if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MNetBSD-*-sparc} -PLIST_SRC= ${PKGDIR}/PLIST.NetBSD-sparc -PLIST_SRC+= ${PKGDIR}/PLIST -.endif .else .if (${CC} != gcc) ALL_TARGET= bootstrap @@ -51,11 +48,17 @@ post-extract: ${MKDIR} ${WRKSRC} cd ${WRKSRC}/../${DISTNAME}/gcc/config; \ ${CP} ${FILESDIR}/xm-netbsd.h .; \ - for ARCH in arm arm i386 m68k sh sparc vax; do \ + ${CP} ${FILESDIR}/xm-target64.h .; \ + for FILE in ${FILESDIR}/*_* ; do \ + ARCH=`basename $${FILE} | cut -d_ -f1`; \ + DEST=`basename $${FILE} | sed -e "s/$${ARCH}_//"`; \ ${MKDIR} $${ARCH}; \ - ${CP} ${FILESDIR}/$${ARCH}_netbsd-elf.h $${ARCH}/netbsd-elf.h; \ + ${CP} $${FILE} $${ARCH}/$${DEST}; \ done; \ - ${CP} ${FILESDIR}/sparc_netbsd-elf-common.h sparc/netbsd-elf-common.h + cd ${WRKSRC}/../${DISTNAME}; \ + for i in gcc/config/alpha/netbsd-elf.h gcc/config/arm/t-netbsd gcc/config/mips/x-netbsd libf2c/libF77/dtime_.c libf2c/libF77/etime_.c; do \ + ${RM} $${i};\ + done post-patch: ${ECHO} "bogus" >${WRKSRC}/../${DISTNAME}/gcc/cstamp-h.in diff --git a/lang/gcc/Makefile.gcc b/lang/gcc/Makefile.gcc index 478282beb8a..91248f40bb5 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/Makefile.gcc +++ b/lang/gcc/Makefile.gcc @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ -# $NetBSD: Makefile.gcc,v 1.2 2002/03/25 14:43:35 cjep Exp $ +# $NetBSD: Makefile.gcc,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:50 jmc Exp $ .include "../../mk/bsd.prefs.mk" +GCC_VERSION!= gcc --version +.if (${GCC_VERSION} != "2.95.3") || defined(${GCC_FORCE_BUILD}) + BUILD_DEPENDS+= gcc>=2.95.3:../../lang/gcc .if (${OPSYS} == SunOS) @@ -15,3 +18,4 @@ CPP= ${LOCALBASE}/gcc-2.95.3/bin/cpp CXX= ${LOCALBASE}/gcc-2.95.3/bin/c++ F77= ${LOCALBASE}/gcc-2.95.3/bin/g77 .endif +.endif diff --git a/lang/gcc/PLIST.NetBSD-sparc b/lang/gcc/PLIST.NetBSD-sparc deleted file mode 100644 index c94275bd666..00000000000 --- a/lang/gcc/PLIST.NetBSD-sparc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -@comment $NetBSD: PLIST.NetBSD-sparc,v 1.2 2002/03/14 16:21:57 wiz Exp $ -${PKGNAME}/lib/gcc-lib/${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM}/${GCC_VERSION}/crtbegin.o -${PKGNAME}/lib/gcc-lib/${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM}/${GCC_VERSION}/crtbeginS.o -${PKGNAME}/lib/gcc-lib/${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM}/${GCC_VERSION}/crtend.o -${PKGNAME}/lib/gcc-lib/${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM}/${GCC_VERSION}/crtendS.o diff --git a/lang/gcc/distinfo b/lang/gcc/distinfo index 978b641211f..e991322c023 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/distinfo +++ b/lang/gcc/distinfo @@ -1,69 +1,72 @@ -$NetBSD: distinfo,v 1.7 2002/01/03 21:57:13 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: distinfo,v 1.8 2002/03/28 10:11:51 jmc Exp $ SHA1 (gcc-2.95.3.tar.gz) = 535d27038d161c0e7c2662702e11a48aa97ef622 Size (gcc-2.95.3.tar.gz) = 12911721 bytes -SHA1 (patch-aa) = 58b0bbe43ec33d869620951adf17f3b3d1d7cae6 -SHA1 (patch-ab) = 6e94571b40a4467a2ec49195eae929578ae385cb -SHA1 (patch-ac) = 8eb86bb15d80a0c4c1694ac5f5ad9fcb509a23f4 -SHA1 (patch-ad) = 53f6d5b00e54811ae0cba6da0918c7ac33ef47f3 -SHA1 (patch-ae) = 8c258f4645b281e9fb6c463353966d7f99dce293 -SHA1 (patch-af) = 5f1beea05beba940a431b3fedd68c93090497ee2 -SHA1 (patch-ag) = 5a99e0fb14e1102e14eb65142174ab60521897ec -SHA1 (patch-ah) = e1d0b853cf722e2e4e3ca89e89c598f1dd0a89fc -SHA1 (patch-ai) = 761942a066722300c6ec6ad24e7720459d059aaf -SHA1 (patch-aj) = 411dc24f223777549bbcf357e40715b3285f65ec -SHA1 (patch-ak) = 8fd02ad352f458cf095bf59640241db7fc001d6c -SHA1 (patch-al) = 521337e7e7cdea057728ce90340554f128efa389 -SHA1 (patch-am) = b4e1ff86321ea0469efb88d8c27e4c81d31f5d31 -SHA1 (patch-an) = 5671a6c3e241e7067dc84cb5ecc35f28c3bf0479 -SHA1 (patch-ao) = d50d4599d43618d826db5ec2bce172bb84d22a04 -SHA1 (patch-ap) = 1afe83fbb457a8bd52af1d7eba8b1e102e14b8bd -SHA1 (patch-aq) = 3e9dc8f1db71279b3dec60113cda7d606b2cef44 -SHA1 (patch-ar) = 6931f66c7960ccf42f95ecf3eff6f71ab85b9288 -SHA1 (patch-as) = 2d5c8dc13ab3912eef7c176b4270b55de4f90cb2 -SHA1 (patch-at) = 5d1850f722950f8fe5c0c10a837be5b0b219cff0 -SHA1 (patch-au) = 76a58ce7441cfe2cbe34fb4e2df468ab7c73612b -SHA1 (patch-av) = e29d6c130655960e8cb8813958f54cf79e198f9f -SHA1 (patch-aw) = 89764d60cab30ccd662225d96c5eed556cd1a828 -SHA1 (patch-ax) = 5b7884595d001e72b29656fd31e67e85a519e9d3 -SHA1 (patch-ay) = 140f0bd4fdb73700df71152a76206807d4371bf0 -SHA1 (patch-az) = 7b21d67e5f2e8fcf6970311ace41d136c5e4570a -SHA1 (patch-ba) = 26b5d269c13c23b2d0b0021a4824164e291885c3 -SHA1 (patch-bb) = 1b3f0ebc1e05e9e03d6a5727234ee419179904d9 -SHA1 (patch-bc) = 9e6641d255cab3fb96cb16eadc23d18d5d0cc4f2 -SHA1 (patch-bd) = 6f4f008b2477a4470f19baafcad45acb02d4e1a3 -SHA1 (patch-be) = 0d9081117fd2e5bae34a15710d17ab5499d291e6 -SHA1 (patch-bf) = 6f3b5cfe80905d2d10e999fa9fdc1e997eaa84d1 -SHA1 (patch-bg) = 047627fd56f11ce98cefcd707e1e85f605a63d84 -SHA1 (patch-bh) = e68e3079b32e54aeb4fa4cbbd29c35b60b23b470 -SHA1 (patch-bi) = c740a4ca2fe691d81a3572d5671663d10234c8bd -SHA1 (patch-bj) = 8002b1130cbab87aaeb5e22411f5f3a81b5eccc7 -SHA1 (patch-bk) = f05d7bcf44cf1321a00203d7926d1dcbcc2f715f -SHA1 (patch-bl) = 5252fa84cf4d149b56935b84e812d1ec6778c0b0 -SHA1 (patch-bm) = 2f809c2a253d7dcf2cecb625a57d869a7408262b -SHA1 (patch-bn) = 9f7a3f3c2430b1ea4d796661d2bee25a4dc9211e -SHA1 (patch-bo) = 88f3d4420ed166d36b08d0525bfa32860540e0bf -SHA1 (patch-bp) = 470b76077a4c1af84418c73408a334fb88aeecfd -SHA1 (patch-bq) = 586998a819641e3c7f13adb5775ad796061387fd -SHA1 (patch-br) = 084a7b25a67a9b6790d6cd276c214bbc71b8fed5 -SHA1 (patch-bs) = 642475b0229c8e8304bede44685f2f4b84695da2 -SHA1 (patch-bt) = 936cbebd8bc33ff1aafe32a6b4936e2a11935345 -SHA1 (patch-bu) = 2070a2312874bd372e433b106c2a65dd373c006d -SHA1 (patch-bv) = 6e730e66a6dbfa5bc5e540957437aff772822379 -SHA1 (patch-bw) = ece2a0010e9424299bfe35ff9d00a6e65e4f619c -SHA1 (patch-bx) = 6f69f1609ee84f7697b46794bdafda19fc72de5b -SHA1 (patch-by) = d6bff5f8febc9f1977dbb5b6bd130d080c83e290 -SHA1 (patch-bz) = a86748447b8175c3c6358121c09ea82276cdc9be -SHA1 (patch-ca) = 82ce840447c02765e3e19934be8a7aad73f1388b -SHA1 (patch-cb) = a9fb1b8a0e422b85fc400811817367d1b4f2f2ad -SHA1 (patch-cc) = bcdbc0cadc6d9416d008ca48db61572711cbf368 -SHA1 (patch-cd) = 3f1f3f8381719f555f50badb571d6e440f7e7fe1 -SHA1 (patch-ce) = 405cf1c6c822a37532cc2e4af0e0e076f87751b6 -SHA1 (patch-cf) = 0de67345c249905c5e8c518be645b639106fd354 -SHA1 (patch-cg) = c0b0ce75ce22b63caa49f46fa676afecd9489d1b -SHA1 (patch-ch) = 76031a61b0dab8cba715e250b82bcb4fd8e4cdac -SHA1 (patch-ci) = 567509e55a9fdba64e2c62188bd09286a7b004c3 -SHA1 (patch-cj) = c8e7d14703d6546e5989801a6fdffaee5932165d -SHA1 (patch-ck) = eeada159352f6a957ba8bc10f1e6d074f56aa300 -SHA1 (patch-cl) = 1ebf7761e708ca5327c7b7e0426c1544640712ac -SHA1 (patch-cm) = 66b86c09726bed590ba80ce4d8d01a5ad71724c8 +SHA1 (patch-aa) = 92e1f8ee1bd0873417fe3768d25b0a3d5f97cb23 +SHA1 (patch-ab) = 06bf6155ace97794578a827f1ed66afed75aa8e9 +SHA1 (patch-ac) = aa4b7d81ac28b47a9f25ad8bae40c8e0c6184c97 +SHA1 (patch-ad) = 9eb1a304e432515ba62a1fc7e80920e89c30aa3d +SHA1 (patch-ae) = 8197ce6b522b2899907ebfebf7d61ca532e4add9 +SHA1 (patch-af) = 85bd1eeffb2a84bff06be8b3cb73091b1d50bc60 +SHA1 (patch-ag) = 0c76dd4e1f83ef0e3109986df851df832a73f068 +SHA1 (patch-ah) = 664c351a65ee004c2d616e067f150e6c42db630c +SHA1 (patch-ai) = 59dde4be91730982a3dac34dc9199db83f519831 +SHA1 (patch-aj) = 8e57bc177d850bb69546db9bd9527b64bd265ef7 +SHA1 (patch-ak) = 673a5abe55a56897f24d5c306805317cdd83baaa +SHA1 (patch-al) = 58e6d8fa40e39acca85f1a2b00f3a36180fa14f4 +SHA1 (patch-am) = bc595b708d54d4d694fab4972b8596ca06f26039 +SHA1 (patch-an) = 75baa5521a5a775efc7ac633953996cd09d044e1 +SHA1 (patch-ao) = 9fbce4eaf53e943d040f41c8569d754af46f50f0 +SHA1 (patch-ap) = 5adcf97fd2c45c825ac7b3835aed61ef87f5255c +SHA1 (patch-aq) = 6a377322b24ad69cb9c30bf879f2a9481907ce98 +SHA1 (patch-ar) = 4af86f853521e77bf5ce7ec0e2f840a676595330 +SHA1 (patch-as) = f0ad0f4f0b60630f414548a1dbcc5e149a5abba2 +SHA1 (patch-at) = 0711ee4a4f865861c8e2ed13681ed75077b0ca9f +SHA1 (patch-au) = e5be9a72bc5d0b4014dae0e63c22b60608a8b56c +SHA1 (patch-av) = f12c80d882e0e5e22fe75c53a777cdcd6d3e60be +SHA1 (patch-aw) = 30110bd9bfc53b1c20b32f1eda7e2d4244a9627c +SHA1 (patch-ax) = 565e0f8d6231f064113efdb7931073abdb71abc0 +SHA1 (patch-ay) = 44d40f544507c965cb2e53262eb30ed0adbf2c8c +SHA1 (patch-az) = 13b5a91a888c071ac05dfcbb168a12264bb85d26 +SHA1 (patch-ba) = fef61bbe4735f14987e8b565daecd95550328c76 +SHA1 (patch-bb) = 01316d1ccbd33b3a4c0c2e3c98d1f3d5d4022174 +SHA1 (patch-bc) = 936862fd5bc747003f65af42f2194e2850b064f5 +SHA1 (patch-bd) = 20fe2401fe134e504660f448851489e063661cc8 +SHA1 (patch-be) = e259c828b049a06e0a2729baec9a518615863b69 +SHA1 (patch-bf) = 857f94b5f2373bd6d7e0fad322c182394819d654 +SHA1 (patch-bg) = b096fe9a643242a26e9f213e2642bc99f5361888 +SHA1 (patch-bh) = a3ede3d8c5265d7b95329aa78497b3f70c13c517 +SHA1 (patch-bi) = d8e59c50b2893cf54c784881cbafcc646c660501 +SHA1 (patch-bj) = 430907594c739b0ed548bf84d6c0c3f134b00f12 +SHA1 (patch-bk) = ef3283a97cdd6d7429ca3e36b1daf8836129d5b6 +SHA1 (patch-bl) = b484a8e3045fd8ea7442dc54e8eee19461227235 +SHA1 (patch-bm) = 5ae49b04315daf26c2c853f26086c1d079599c29 +SHA1 (patch-bn) = 24982be2cdf0d70f859187306516e7490ec97a9e +SHA1 (patch-bo) = 024594521de09703eaf75c147af84497983f4917 +SHA1 (patch-bp) = 60e79611db9967d5e4c2cd9434ec88867ddd9383 +SHA1 (patch-bq) = 099b41d33ff6d7b064610a4557fd06d878ac08c5 +SHA1 (patch-br) = 6f468ef729144be9f528d85d1bb4c8b0ba6fd45f +SHA1 (patch-bs) = ee00b9f0e6ca3479c05547408c59d15680ab7ea6 +SHA1 (patch-bt) = 47cd4493c6ce07087f06bc9abb6f3de1333ad56d +SHA1 (patch-bu) = 3238d309d728407a179ac174d7f66c27a104f442 +SHA1 (patch-bv) = c509c821be24fce6df47a96f18b3ace9ded8246a +SHA1 (patch-bw) = 88ef21fbf274e61a4b1b75b823ff545fd7ed741b +SHA1 (patch-bx) = 8811e5739502c061d79449dc65c27dfe8ef1c03d +SHA1 (patch-by) = 5ed0de9c7d0d519b7d904f9a0e7bb04061d9e77f +SHA1 (patch-bz) = ea60fee95ca6d04f0e4f221a4910efc73796d255 +SHA1 (patch-ca) = 6b999fdf1d50db4224c1f14588c0bbf904d00201 +SHA1 (patch-cb) = 7ff947303bf03f5efe06e695718fbbabcbdcee7f +SHA1 (patch-cc) = ceeb0982a1246c3b51645e95663e823b2a67b61f +SHA1 (patch-cd) = b425d5a28e4a3a970b9ca69583017bf851f091c5 +SHA1 (patch-ce) = 0209d8bcc7066cbcbc3f6fd7155d59a8407a002e +SHA1 (patch-cf) = 52d2f13f465e1884a7e8ce885bc748d2cb9d1132 +SHA1 (patch-cg) = 8d14dbb401a6810a140aa57f428b3b80b34d1c3b +SHA1 (patch-ch) = 08dc43f3785ea08df9ced153e48849b683c2aabf +SHA1 (patch-ci) = cb1c37fa20f08ed3d9baa275e2ef31fe122d9b7d +SHA1 (patch-cj) = ba5783189ddd37d6a5a25c588e65550bc7ffe5e7 +SHA1 (patch-ck) = 8ac32470e091dc95b3d2e78ba35658dffa54f057 +SHA1 (patch-cl) = 10065e0f5b61441d60e8354fb03dbc910dfe02fd +SHA1 (patch-cm) = 186726168753fa23de3220421d2ddf91b08c4884 +SHA1 (patch-cn) = 355ea10eaa1eb590fc64cd535595f171af2be271 +SHA1 (patch-co) = 32f5d4b2ae185518ca4768fb03785c3e7782196f +SHA1 (patch-cp) = d0367e27fa22a63cfc573a4fb4a801b688b213c1 diff --git a/lang/gcc/files/arm_netbsd-elf.h b/lang/gcc/files/arm_netbsd-elf.h index 6a5cd45ad40..6d66c9716d3 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/files/arm_netbsd-elf.h +++ b/lang/gcc/files/arm_netbsd-elf.h @@ -45,6 +45,13 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* This gets redefined in config/netbsd.h. */ #undef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS +/* How large values are returned */ +/* We override the default here because the default is to follow the + APCS rules and we want to follow the (simpler) ATPCS rules. */ +#undef RETURN_IN_MEMORY +#define RETURN_IN_MEMORY(TYPE) \ + (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE) && int_size_in_bytes (TYPE) > 4) + #define NETBSD_ELF #include <netbsd.h> @@ -64,7 +71,7 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #undef CPP_PREDEFINES #define CPP_PREDEFINES "\ --Dunix -Darm -D__arm__ -D__NetBSD__ -D__ELF__ \ +-D__arm__ -D__NetBSD__ -D__ELF__ \ -Asystem(unix) -Asystem(NetBSD) -Acpu(arm) -Amachine(arm)" /* Define _POSIX_SOURCE if necessary. */ @@ -147,3 +154,5 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ */ #undef STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY #define STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY 8 + +#define DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS 1 diff --git a/lang/gcc/files/i386_xm-uwin.h b/lang/gcc/files/i386_xm-uwin.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2e1ecde0fa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/lang/gcc/files/i386_xm-uwin.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* Configuration for GNU C-compiler for hosting on Windows32. + using GNU tools and the Windows32 API Library. + Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Mumit Khan <khan@xraylith.wisc.edu>. + +This file is part of GNU CC. + +GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#ifndef ONLY_INT_FIELD +#define ONLY_INT_FIELDS 1 +#endif + +#ifndef USE_PROTOTYPES +#define USE_PROTOTYPES 1 +#endif + +/* U/WIN system calls only support '/' */ +#undef DIR_SEPARATOR +#define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' +#undef EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX +#define EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX ".exe" + +#undef PATH_SEPARATOR +#define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' + diff --git a/lang/gcc/files/m68k_netbsd-elf.h b/lang/gcc/files/m68k_netbsd-elf.h index 3e3634a4d23..f815bc140b9 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/files/m68k_netbsd-elf.h +++ b/lang/gcc/files/m68k_netbsd-elf.h @@ -32,17 +32,75 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #define NETBSD_ELF #include <netbsd.h> -/* 68020 with 68881 */ -#define TARGET_DEFAULT (MASK_BITFIELD|MASK_68881|MASK_68020) +/* Default target comes from config.gcc */ +#undef TARGET_DEFAULT +#define TARGET_DEFAULT TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT + + +/* Don't try using XFmode on the 68010. */ +#if TARGET_DEFAULT == 0 +#undef LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE +#define LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE 64 + +/* Use software floating point emulator for REAL_ARITHMETIC and + decimal <-> binary conversion. */ +#define REAL_ARITHMETIC +#endif + +#ifdef __mc68010__ +#define LIBGCC2_LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE 64 +#endif + #define bsd4_4 #undef HAS_INIT_SECTION + +#define EXTRA_SPECS \ + { "cpp_cpu_default_spec", CPP_CPU_DEFAULT_SPEC }, \ + { "cpp_cpu_spec", CPP_CPU_SPEC }, \ + { "cpp_fpu_spec", CPP_FPU_SPEC }, \ + { "asm_default_spec", ASM_DEFAULT_SPEC }, + + +#define CPP_CPU_SPEC \ + "%{m68010:-D__mc68010__} \ + %{m68020:-D__mc68020__} \ + %{m68030:-D__mc68030__} \ + %{m68040:-D__mc68040__} \ + %(cpp_cpu_default_spec)" + + +#undef TARGET_VERSION +#if TARGET_DEFAULT & MASK_68020 +#define TARGET_VERSION fprintf (stderr, " (NetBSD/m68k ELF)"); +#define CPP_CPU_DEFAULT_SPEC "%{!m680*:-D__mc68020__}" +#define ASM_DEFAULT_SPEC "%{!m680*:-m68020}" +#else +#define TARGET_VERSION fprintf (stderr, " (NetBSD/68010 ELF)"); +#define CPP_CPU_DEFAULT_SPEC "%{!m680*:-D__mc68010__}" +#define ASM_DEFAULT_SPEC "%{!m680*:-m68010}" +#endif + + +#if TARGET_DEFAULT & MASK_68881 +#define CPP_FPU_SPEC "%{!msoft-float:-D__HAVE_68881__ -D__HAVE_FPU__}" +#else +#define CPP_FPU_SPEC "%{m68881:-D__HAVE_68881__ -D__HAVE_FPU__}" +#endif + + #undef CPP_SPEC -#define CPP_SPEC "%{!msoft-float:-D__HAVE_68881__ -D__HAVE_FPU__} %{posix:-D_POSIX_SOURCE}" +#define CPP_SPEC \ + "%{posix:-D_POSIX_SOURCE} %(cpp_cpu_spec) %(cpp_fpu_spec)" + #undef ASM_SPEC -#define ASM_SPEC " %| %{m68030} %{m68040} %{m68060} %{fpic:-k} %{fPIC:-k -K}" +#define ASM_SPEC \ + " %| %(asm_default_spec) \ + %{m68010} %{m68020} %{m68030} %{m68040} %{m68060} \ + %{fpic:-k} %{fPIC:-k -K}" + /* Provide a set of pre-definitions and pre-assertions appropriate for the m68k running svr4. */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/files/mips_t-mipseb b/lang/gcc/files/mips_t-mipseb new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9379a12f6a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lang/gcc/files/mips_t-mipseb @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +T_CFLAGS +=-DTARGET_BIG_ENDIAN_DEFAULT diff --git a/lang/gcc/files/rs6000_netbsd.h b/lang/gcc/files/rs6000_netbsd.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..80f52ae9032 --- /dev/null +++ b/lang/gcc/files/rs6000_netbsd.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* Start with SVR4 defaults. */ +#include <rs6000/sysv4.h> + +/* Get generic NetBSD definitions. */ + +#define NETBSD_ELF +#include <netbsd.h> + +#undef SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO +#define SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO +#undef DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO +#define DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO + +#undef PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE +#define PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE DBX_DEBUG + +/* Names to predefine in the preprocessor for this target machine. */ +#undef CPP_PREDEFINES +#define CPP_PREDEFINES "\ +-D__powerpc__ -D__NetBSD__ -D__ELF__ \ +-Asystem(unix) -Asystem(NetBSD) -Acpu(powerpc) -Amachine(powerpc)" + +/* Make gcc agree with <machine/ansi.h> */ + +#undef WCHAR_TYPE +#define WCHAR_TYPE "int" + +#undef WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE +#define WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE 32 + +/* Don't default to pcc-struct-return, because gcc is the only compiler, and + we want to retain compatibility with older gcc versions. */ +#define DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN 0 + +/* XXX Duplicated from sysv4.h --thorpej@netbsd.org + Pass -mppc to the assembler, since that is what powerpc.h currently + implies */ +#undef ASM_SPEC +#define ASM_SPEC \ + "-u \ +%{mcpu=601: -m601} %{!mcpu=601: -mppc} \ +%{V} %{v:%{!V:-V}} %{Qy:} %{!Qn:-Qy} %{n} %{T} %{Ym,*} %{Yd,*} %{Wa,*:%*} \ +%{mrelocatable} \ +%{mlittle} %{mlittle-endian} %{mbig} %{mbig-endian}" + +/* The `multiple' instructions may not be universally implemented. + We avoid their use here. */ +#undef CC1_SPEC +#define CC1_SPEC "-mno-multiple" + +/* Provide a LINK_SPEC approriate for NetBSD. */ +#undef LINK_SPEC +#define LINK_SPEC " \ + %{O*:-O3} %{!O*:-O1} \ + %{assert*} %{R*} \ + %{shared:-shared} \ + %{!shared: \ + -dc -dp \ + %{!nostdlib:%{!r*:%{!e*:-e _start}}} \ + %{!static: \ + %{rdynamic:-export-dynamic} \ + %{!dynamic-linker:-dynamic-linker /usr/libexec/ld.elf_so}} \ + %{static:-static}}" + +/* XXX Sort of a mix of ../netbsd.h and sysv4.h --thorpej@netbsd.org + Provide a CPP_SPEC appropriate for NetBSD. Currently we just deal with + the GCC option `-posix' and the calling convention definition. */ + +#undef CPP_SPEC +#define CPP_SPEC "\ +%{posix:-D_POSIX_SOURCE} \ +%{msoft-float:-D_SOFT_FLOAT} \ +%{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV} %{mcall-aix: -D_CALL_AIX} %{!mcall-sysv: %{!mcall-aix: -D_CALL_SYSV}}" diff --git a/lang/gcc/files/sh_netbsd-elf-little.h b/lang/gcc/files/sh_netbsd-elf-little.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a4c8ceafa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lang/gcc/files/sh_netbsd-elf-little.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* Definitions of target machine for gcc for Hitachi Super-H using ELF. + Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com>. + +This file is part of GNU CC. + +GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +any later version. + +GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#undef CPP_SPEC +#define CPP_SPEC "%{posix:-D_POSIX_SOURCE} \ +%{!mb:-D__LITTLE_ENDIAN__} \ +%{m1:-D__sh1__} \ +%{m2:-D__sh2__} \ +%{m3:-D__sh3__} \ +%{m3e:-D__SH3E__} \ +%{m4-single-only:-D__SH4_SINGLE_ONLY__} \ +%{m4-single:-D__SH4_SINGLE__} \ +%{m4:-D__SH4__} \ +%{!m1:%{!m2:%{!m3:%{!m3e:%{!m4:%{!m4-single:%{!m4-single-only:-D__sh1__}}}}}}} \ +%{mhitachi:-D__HITACHI__}" + +/* Pass -ml and -mrelax to the assembler and linker. */ +#undef ASM_SPEC +#define ASM_SPEC "%{!mb:-little} %{mrelax:-relax}" + +#undef LINK_SPEC +#define LINK_SPEC \ +"%{mb:-m elf32shnbsd} %{mrelax:-relax} \ + %{assert*} \ + %{shared:-shared} \ + %{!shared: \ + -dc -dp \ + %{!nostdlib:%{!r*:%{!e*:-e __start}}} \ + %{!static: \ + %{rdynamic:-export-dynamic} \ + %{!dynamic-linker:-dynamic-linker /usr/libexec/ld.elf_so}} \ + %{static:-static}}" diff --git a/lang/gcc/files/sparc_netbsd64.h b/lang/gcc/files/sparc_netbsd64.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2f9a984befc --- /dev/null +++ b/lang/gcc/files/sparc_netbsd64.h @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +/* NetBSD/sparc64 ELF configuration */ + +/* + * Pull in generic SPARC64 ELF configuration, and then clean up + * afterwards + */ + +/* Let us output 32 bit code as well */ +#define SPARC_BI_ARCH + +/* Name the target CPU. This must be before <sparc/sparc.h>. */ +#ifndef TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT +#define TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT TARGET_CPU_ultrasparc +#endif + +#include <sparc/sp64-elf.h> + +#undef TARGET_DEFAULT +#define TARGET_DEFAULT \ +(MASK_V9 + MASK_PTR64 + MASK_64BIT + /* MASK_HARD_QUAD */ \ + + MASK_APP_REGS + MASK_EPILOGUE + MASK_FPU + MASK_STACK_BIAS) + +#undef SPARC_DEFAULT_CMODEL +#define SPARC_DEFAULT_CMODEL CM_MEDANY + +#undef INIT_SUBTARGET_OPTABS +#define INIT_SUBTARGET_OPTABS + +#include <sparc/netbsd-elf-common.h> + +#undef CPP_SUBTARGET_SPEC +#define CPP_SUBTARGET_SPEC "-D__sparc64__" + +#undef LINK_SPEC64 +#define LINK_SPEC64 \ + "-m elf64_sparc \ + %{assert*} %{R*} \ + %{shared:-shared} \ + %{!shared: \ + -dy -dc -dp \ + %{!nostdlib:%{!r*:%{!e*:-e __start}}} \ + %{!static: \ + %{rdynamic:-export-dynamic} \ + %{!dynamic-linker:-dynamic-linker /usr/libexec/ld.elf_so}} \ + %{static:-static}}" + +#undef LINK_SPEC +#define LINK_SPEC LINK_SPEC64 + +#ifdef SPARC_BI_ARCH + +#undef STARTFILE_SPEC64 +#define STARTFILE_SPEC64 \ + "%{!shared: \ + %{pg:gcrt0%O%s} \ + %{!pg: \ + %{p:gcrt0%O%s} \ + %{!p:crt0%O%s}}} \ + %{!shared:crtbegin%O%s} %{shared:crtbeginS%O%s}" + +#undef STARTFILE_SPEC32 +#define STARTFILE_SPEC32 \ + "%{!shared: \ + %{pg:/usr/lib/32/gcrt0%O%s} \ + %{!pg: \ + %{p:/usr/lib/32/gcrt0%O%s} \ + %{!p:/usr/lib/32/crt0%O%s}}} \ + %{!shared:/usr/lib/32/crtbegin%O%s} %{shared:/usr/lib/32/crtbeginS%O%s}" + +#undef STARTFILE_SPEC +#if DEFAULT_ARCH32_P +#define STARTFILE_SPEC "\ +%{m32:" STARTFILE_SPEC32 "} \ +%{m64:" STARTFILE_SPEC64 "} \ +%{!m32:%{!m64:" STARTFILE_SPEC32 "}}" +#else +#define STARTFILE_SPEC "\ +%{m32:" STARTFILE_SPEC32 "} \ +%{m64:" STARTFILE_SPEC64 "} \ +%{!m32:%{!m64:" STARTFILE_SPEC64 "}}" +#endif + +#undef ENDFILE_SPEC64 +#define ENDFILE_SPEC64 \ + "%{!shared:crtend%O%s} %{shared:crtendS%O%s}" + +#undef ENDFILE_SPEC32 +#define ENDFILE_SPEC32 \ + "%{!shared:/usr/lib/32/crtend%O%s} %{shared:/usr/lib/32/crtendS%O%s}" + +#undef ENDFILE_SPEC +#if DEFAULT_ARCH32_P +#define ENDFILE_SPEC "\ +%{m32:" ENDFILE_SPEC32 "} \ +%{m64:" ENDFILE_SPEC64 "} \ +%{!m32:%{!m64:" ENDFILE_SPEC32 "}}" +#else +#define ENDFILE_SPEC "\ +%{m32:" ENDFILE_SPEC32 "} \ +%{m64:" ENDFILE_SPEC64 "} \ +%{!m32:%{!m64:" ENDFILE_SPEC64 "}}" +#endif + +#undef SUBTARGET_EXTRA_SPECS +#define SUBTARGET_EXTRA_SPECS \ + { "link_arch32", LINK_ARCH32_SPEC }, \ + { "link_arch64", LINK_ARCH64_SPEC }, \ + { "link_arch_default", LINK_ARCH_DEFAULT_SPEC }, \ + { "link_arch", LINK_ARCH_SPEC }, + +#undef LINK_ARCH32_SPEC +#define LINK_ARCH32_SPEC \ + "-m elf32_sparc \ + -Y P,/usr/lib/32 \ + %{assert*} %{R*} \ + %{shared:-shared} \ + %{!shared: \ + -dy -dc -dp \ + %{!nostdlib:%{!r*:%{!e*:-e __start}}} \ + %{!static: \ + %{rdynamic:-export-dynamic} \ + %{!dynamic-linker:-dynamic-linker /usr/libexec/ld.elf_so}} \ + %{static:-static}}" + +#undef LINK_ARCH64_SPEC +#define LINK_ARCH64_SPEC LINK_SPEC64 + +#define LINK_ARCH_SPEC "\ +%{m32:%(link_arch32)} \ +%{m64:%(link_arch64)} \ +%{!m32:%{!m64:%(link_arch_default)}} \ +" + +#define LINK_ARCH_DEFAULT_SPEC \ +(DEFAULT_ARCH32_P ? LINK_ARCH32_SPEC : LINK_ARCH64_SPEC) + +#undef LINK_SPEC +#define LINK_SPEC "\ +%(link_arch) \ +%{mlittle-endian:-EL} \ +" + +#undef CC1_SPEC +#if DEFAULT_ARCH32_P +#define CC1_SPEC "\ +%{sun4:} %{target:} \ +%{mcypress:-mcpu=cypress} \ +%{msparclite:-mcpu=sparclite} %{mf930:-mcpu=f930} %{mf934:-mcpu=f934} \ +%{mv8:-mcpu=v8} %{msupersparc:-mcpu=supersparc} \ +%{m64:-mptr64 -mcpu=ultrasparc -mstack-bias %{p*:-mcmodel=medlow} +%{p:-mcmodel=medlow}} \ +" +#else +#define CC1_SPEC "\ +%{sun4:} %{target:} \ +%{mcypress:-mcpu=cypress} \ +%{msparclite:-mcpu=sparclite} %{mf930:-mcpu=f930} %{mf934:-mcpu=f934} \ +%{mv8:-mcpu=v8} %{msupersparc:-mcpu=supersparc} \ +%{m32:-mptr32 -mcpu=cypress -mno-stack-bias} \ +%{!m32:%{p*:-mcmodel=medlow}} \ +" +#endif + +#if DEFAULT_ARCH32_P +#define MULTILIB_DEFAULTS { "m32" } +#else +#define MULTILIB_DEFAULTS { "m64" } +#endif + +#undef CPP_SUBTARGET_SPEC +#define CPP_SUBTARGET_SPEC \ +(DEFAULT_ARCH32_P ? "\ +%{m64:-D__sparc64__}%{!m64:-D__sparc} \ +" : "\ +%{!m32:-D__sparc64__}%{m32:-D__sparc} \ +") + +#endif /* SPARC_BI_ARCH */ + +/* Name the port. */ +#undef TARGET_NAME +#define TARGET_NAME "sparc64-netbsd" diff --git a/lang/gcc/files/sparc_t-netbsd b/lang/gcc/files/sparc_t-netbsd new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..27da77cbe79 --- /dev/null +++ b/lang/gcc/files/sparc_t-netbsd @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# The NetBSD libc has all the needed libgcc1 stubs. +LIBGCC1_TEST= diff --git a/lang/gcc/files/vax_netbsd-elf.h b/lang/gcc/files/vax_netbsd-elf.h index d9a25399e80..f996e9c5ecb 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/files/vax_netbsd-elf.h +++ b/lang/gcc/files/vax_netbsd-elf.h @@ -27,6 +27,13 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ #define NETBSD_ELF #include "vax/netbsd.h" +#undef REGISTER_PREFIX +#define REGISTER_PREFIX "%" + +/* Redefine this with register prefixes. */ +#undef VAX_ISTREAM_SYNC +#define VAX_ISTREAM_SYNC "movpsl -(%sp)\n\tpushal 1(%pc)\n\trei" + #undef SIZE_TYPE #define SIZE_TYPE "long unsigned int" @@ -42,6 +49,8 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ #define TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS /* include mem* calls */ +#undef PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN /* let's be reentrant */ + #if 1 #undef PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE #define PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE DBX_DEBUG @@ -61,7 +70,6 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ /* Profiling routines */ -/* Redefine this to use %eax instead of %edx. */ #undef FUNCTION_PROFILER #define FUNCTION_PROFILER(FILE, LABELNO) \ fprintf (FILE, "\tmovab .LP%d,r0\n\tjsb __mcount+2\n", (LABELNO)) diff --git a/lang/gcc/files/xm-target64.h b/lang/gcc/files/xm-target64.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..47a0ace4b19 --- /dev/null +++ b/lang/gcc/files/xm-target64.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/* Hack to extend HOST_WIDE_INT on 64-bit target cross compilers. */ + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define HOST_WIDE_INT long long +#define HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT 64 +#endif diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aa b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aa index c60162b20f8..bd9f78bb138 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aa +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aa @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-aa,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-aa,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:52 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/f/g77.1.orig Sun Feb 14 12:42:46 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/f/g77.1 Thu Jan 3 20:37:52 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/f/g77.1.orig 2000/07/26 00:17:58 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/f/g77.1 2001/01/31 15:26:42 1.2 @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ \(** .. diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ab b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ab index 6e5ef1db6f7..86bdb624165 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ab +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ab @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ab,v 1.3 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ab,v 1.4 2002/03/28 10:11:52 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/f/proj.h.orig Mon Feb 15 19:17:18 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/f/proj.h Thu Jan 3 21:02:06 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/f/proj.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:01 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/f/proj.h 2002/03/27 04:09:03 1.3 @@ -66,7 +66,9 @@ Doggone_Trailing_Comma_Dont_Work = 1 } bool; diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ac b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ac index e55cff7c3ff..b5533c72489 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ac +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ac @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ac,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ac,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:52 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/alpha.c.orig Mon Aug 2 21:46:08 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/alpha.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/alpha.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:10 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/alpha.c 2001/06/18 16:10:27 1.2 @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ static int const cache_latency[][4] = { diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ad b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ad index b010afb2187..33d6cc48222 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ad +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ad @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ad,v 1.3 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ad,v 1.4 2002/03/28 10:11:52 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/alpha.h.orig Fri Jun 25 07:09:12 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/alpha.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/alpha.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:11 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/alpha.h 2001/06/18 16:10:28 1.2 @@ -49,9 +49,6 @@ || !strcmp (STR, "iwithprefix") || !strcmp (STR, "iwithprefixbefore") \ || !strcmp (STR, "isystem")) diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ae b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ae index 57c7cd66c76..714662e45ed 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ae +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ae @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ae,v 1.3 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ae,v 1.4 2002/03/28 10:11:52 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/netbsd.h.orig Mon Jan 11 14:33:57 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/netbsd.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 -@@ -19,21 +19,544 @@ +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/netbsd.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:12 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/alpha/netbsd.h 2002/01/22 02:09:39 1.8 +@@ -19,17 +19,83 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ @@ -91,8 +91,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ae,v 1.3 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ #undef FUNCTION_PROFILER #define FUNCTION_PROFILER(FILE, LABELNO) \ -- fputs ("\tlda $28,_mcount\n\tjsr $28,($28),_mcount\n", (FILE)) -+ fputs ("\tjsr $28,_mcount\n", (FILE)) +@@ -37,3 +103,460 @@ /* Show that we need a GP when profiling. */ #define TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-af b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-af index 615afd571cf..562a740e00c 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-af +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-af @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-af,v 1.3 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-af,v 1.4 2002/03/28 10:11:52 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:24 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:59:30 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.c 2001/12/19 23:14:50 1.4 @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ if (ptr->string != NULL && ptr->string[0] != '\0') diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ag b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ag index 2052efa6da2..c4d2f6579e3 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ag +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ag @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ag,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ag,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:52 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.h.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:26 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.h.orig 2001/04/23 11:59:31 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.h 2001/12/19 23:14:50 1.4 @@ -199,7 +199,9 @@ " diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ah b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ah index be1e5b016ec..8ca2312fda9 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ah +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ah @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ah,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ah,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:52 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.md.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:27 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.md Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.md.orig 2001/04/23 11:59:31 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/arm.md 2001/11/08 20:47:56 1.3 @@ -1682,9 +1682,9 @@ (match_operand:SI 3 "arm_rhs_operand" "rI,rI")]) (match_operand:SI 1 "s_register_operand" "0,?r")])) diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ai b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ai index c36970da5e0..ee74dfa277b 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ai +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ai @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ai,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ai,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:52 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/elf.h.orig Mon May 31 10:21:53 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/elf.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/elf.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:16 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/elf.h 2001/05/03 18:20:47 1.2 @@ -163,6 +163,15 @@ #define TARGET_DEFAULT (ARM_FLAG_SOFT_FLOAT | ARM_FLAG_APCS_32) #endif diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aj b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aj index 18a1d443d77..6b3f2ce675e 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aj +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aj @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-aj,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:42 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-aj,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/netbsd.h.orig Mon Jan 11 14:33:58 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/netbsd.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/netbsd.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:16 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/netbsd.h 2001/06/18 16:09:21 1.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* NetBSD/arm (RiscBSD) version. +/* NetBSD/arm32 version. diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ak b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ak index 0c04fca6f35..64244706faa 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ak +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ak @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ak,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ak,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/gas.h.orig Fri Apr 9 22:31:32 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/gas.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/gas.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:22 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/gas.h 2001/05/30 09:04:13 1.2 @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #undef ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-al b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-al index acd8f0f58ac..31147b85294 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-al +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-al @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-al,v 1.5 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-al,v 1.6 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/i386.h.orig Sun Apr 25 13:43:49 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/i386.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/i386.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:23 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/i386.h 2001/06/01 13:31:46 1.2 @@ -258,15 +258,15 @@ option if the fixed part matches. The actual option name is made by appending `-m' to the specified name. */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-am b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-am index 963b4472ba8..0efbea0a4a8 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-am +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-am @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-am,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-am,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/netbsd.h.orig Tue Mar 23 22:34:49 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/netbsd.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/netbsd.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:24 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/i386/netbsd.h 2001/07/18 13:54:20 1.2 @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ (MASK_80387 | MASK_IEEE_FP | MASK_FLOAT_RETURNS | MASK_NO_FANCY_MATH_387) diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-an b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-an index 364d128a844..996c58788c5 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-an +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-an @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-an,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-an,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/m68k/m68k.c.orig Mon Aug 2 06:51:08 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/m68k/m68k.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/m68k/m68k.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:31 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/m68k/m68k.c 2001/12/16 18:28:15 1.2 @@ -462,7 +462,8 @@ -cfa_store_offset + n_regs++ * 4); } diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ao b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ao index aa1fa989f5f..1fb4d115446 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ao +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ao @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ao,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ao,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/m68k/netbsd.h.orig Wed Dec 16 22:07:06 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/m68k/netbsd.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/m68k/netbsd.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:32 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/m68k/netbsd.h 2001/06/18 16:08:51 1.2 @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ /* Names to predefine in the preprocessor for this target machine. */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ap b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ap index 2e29da4d213..cda5a357016 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ap +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ap @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ap,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ap,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/mips/mips.c.orig Fri May 7 14:42:03 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/mips/mips.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/mips/mips.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:38 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/mips/mips.c 2001/07/19 23:41:12 1.3 @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ static void block_move_loop PROTO ((rtx, rtx, int, int, rtx, rtx)); diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aq b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aq index 25c1381b055..a97c5a4f4af 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aq +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aq @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-aq,v 1.3 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-aq,v 1.4 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/mips/netbsd.h.orig Wed Dec 16 22:09:19 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/mips/netbsd.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/mips/netbsd.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:39 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/mips/netbsd.h 2001/11/08 07:21:54 1.6 @@ -18,210 +18,189 @@ the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ar b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ar index 8525c719c33..5d58735ae98 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ar +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ar @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ar,v 1.3 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ar,v 1.4 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/ns32k/xm-ns32k.h.orig Wed Dec 16 22:10:51 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/ns32k/xm-ns32k.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/ns32k/xm-ns32k.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:44 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/ns32k/xm-ns32k.h 2001/09/23 13:42:39 1.2 @@ -36,7 +36,3 @@ /* Arguments to use with `exit'. */ #define SUCCESS_EXIT_CODE 0 diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-as b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-as index 9f23ea5793d..195726c6a50 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-as +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-as @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-as,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-as,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/rs6000/rs6000.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:34 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/rs6000/rs6000.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/rs6000/rs6000.c.orig 2001/04/23 12:00:34 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/rs6000/rs6000.c 2001/10/26 03:14:55 1.2 @@ -1004,8 +1004,9 @@ && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) == 0 && (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op) & (~ (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffff)) != 0 diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-at b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-at index 457926fe2f9..c2253453bf0 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-at +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-at @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-at,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-at,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sh/sh.c.orig Mon Aug 2 07:02:55 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sh/sh.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sh/sh.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:49 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sh/sh.c 2001/12/16 18:47:47 1.3 @@ -515,6 +515,7 @@ if ((code != EQ && code != NE && (sh_compare_op1 != const0_rtx diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-au b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-au index cd7f88bd3de..6a6cbd9f3c3 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-au +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-au @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-au,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-au,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sh/sh.h.orig Mon Aug 2 07:02:55 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sh/sh.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sh/sh.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:49 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sh/sh.h 2001/12/16 18:56:45 1.4 @@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ it uses this information. Hence, the general register <-> floating point register information here is not used for SFmode. */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-av b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-av index 0758da96718..70faad59e89 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-av +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-av @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-av,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-av,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/netbsd.h.orig Wed Dec 16 22:13:18 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/netbsd.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/netbsd.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:50 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/netbsd.h 2001/05/30 18:47:25 1.2 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ /* Names to predefine in the preprocessor for this target machine. */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aw b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aw index 57c62477123..0fb74fdae6c 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aw +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-aw @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-aw,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-aw,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:37 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c.orig 2001/04/23 12:00:42 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.c 2002/03/28 08:14:56 1.5 @@ -142,6 +142,8 @@ int sparc_align_jumps; int sparc_align_funcs; @@ -116,7 +116,160 @@ $NetBSD: patch-aw,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:43 tron Exp $ this_slotno = slotno + parms.intoffset / BITS_PER_WORD; intslots = MIN (intslots, SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno); -@@ -5850,6 +5896,8 @@ +@@ -4532,6 +4578,152 @@ + return string; + } + ++/* Emit a library call comparison between floating point X and Y. ++ COMPARISON is the rtl operator to compare with (EQ, NE, GT, etc.). ++ TARGET_ARCH64 uses _Qp_* functions, which use pointers to TFmode ++ values as arguments instead of the TFmode registers themselves, ++ that's why we cannot call emit_float_lib_cmp. */ ++void ++sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (x, y, comparison) ++ rtx x, y; ++ enum rtx_code comparison; ++{ ++ char *qpfunc; ++ rtx slot0, slot1, result, tem, tem2; ++ enum machine_mode mode; ++ ++ switch (comparison) ++ { ++ case EQ: ++ qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_feq" : "_Q_feq"; ++ break; ++ ++ case NE: ++ qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fne" : "_Q_fne"; ++ break; ++ ++ case GT: ++ qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fgt" : "_Q_fgt"; ++ break; ++ ++ case GE: ++ qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fge" : "_Q_fge"; ++ break; ++ ++ case LT: ++ qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_flt" : "_Q_flt"; ++ break; ++ ++ case LE: ++ qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_fle" : "_Q_fle"; ++ break; ++ ++ /* case UNORDERED: ++ case UNGT: ++ case UNLT: ++ case UNEQ: ++ case UNGE: ++ case UNLE: ++ case LTGT: ++ qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64) ? "_Qp_cmp" : "_Q_cmp"; ++ break; ++ */ ++ default: ++ abort(); ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ if (TARGET_ARCH64) ++ { ++ if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot0, x)); ++ } ++ else ++ slot0 = x; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot1 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot1, y)); ++ } ++ else ++ slot1 = y; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, qpfunc), 1, ++ DImode, 2, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ XEXP (slot1, 0), Pmode); ++ ++ mode = DImode; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, qpfunc), 1, ++ SImode, 2, ++ x, TFmode, y, TFmode); ++ ++ mode = SImode; ++ } ++ ++ ++ /* Immediately move the result of the libcall into a pseudo ++ register so reload doesn't clobber the value if it needs ++ the return register for a spill reg. */ ++ result = gen_reg_rtx (mode); ++ emit_move_insn (result, hard_libcall_value (mode)); ++ ++ switch (comparison) ++ { ++ default: ++ emit_cmp_insn (result, const0_rtx, NE, ++ NULL_RTX, mode, 0, 0); ++ break; ++ /* case ORDERED: ++ case UNORDERED: ++ emit_cmp_insn (result, GEN_INT(3), ++ (comparison == UNORDERED) ? EQ : NE, ++ NULL_RTX, mode, 0, 0); ++ break; ++ case UNGT: ++ case UNGE: ++ emit_cmp_insn (result, const1_rtx, ++ (comparison == UNGT) ? GT : NE, ++ NULL_RTX, mode, 0, 0); ++ break; ++ case UNLE: ++ emit_cmp_insn (result, const2_rtx, NE, ++ NULL_RTX, mode, 0, 0); ++ break; ++ case UNLT: ++ tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode); ++ if (TARGET_ARCH32) ++ emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx)); ++ else ++ emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx)); ++ emit_cmp_insn (tem, const0_rtx, NE, ++ NULL_RTX, mode, 0, 0); ++ break; ++ case UNEQ: ++ case LTGT: ++ tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode); ++ if (TARGET_ARCH32) ++ emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx)); ++ else ++ emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx)); ++ tem2 = gen_reg_rtx (mode); ++ if (TARGET_ARCH32) ++ emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tem2, tem, const2_rtx)); ++ else ++ emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (tem2, tem, const2_rtx)); ++ emit_cmp_insn (tem2, const0_rtx, ++ (comparison == UNEQ) ? EQ : NE, ++ NULL_RTX, mode, 0, 0); ++ break;*/ ++ } ++} ++ + /* Return the string to output a conditional branch to LABEL, testing + register REG. LABEL is the operand number of the label; REG is the + operand number of the reg. OP is the conditional expression. The mode +@@ -5850,6 +6042,8 @@ { char *sp_str = reg_names[STACK_POINTER_REGNUM]; unsigned long gmask = current_frame_info.gmask; diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ax b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ax index f13d0ad0386..f7e246d27d4 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ax +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ax @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ax,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ax,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.h.orig Mon Jun 21 19:48:49 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:53 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:51 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.h 2002/03/28 08:14:56 1.3 @@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ /* Code model selection. @@ -153,7 +153,119 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ax,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ } \ else if (GET_CODE (X) == LO_SUM) \ { \ -@@ -3109,15 +3169,29 @@ +@@ -2565,26 +2625,25 @@ + #define MULSI3_LIBCALL "*.umul" + + /* Define library calls for quad FP operations. These are all part of the +- SPARC ABI. +- ??? ARCH64 still does not work as the _Qp_* routines take pointers. */ +-#define ADDTF3_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_add" : "_Q_add") +-#define SUBTF3_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_sub" : "_Q_sub") +-#define NEGTF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_neg" : "_Q_neg") +-#define MULTF3_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_mul" : "_Q_mul") +-#define DIVTF3_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_div" : "_Q_div") +-#define FLOATSITF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_itoq" : "_Q_itoq") +-#define FIX_TRUNCTFSI2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_qtoi" : "_Q_qtoi") +-#define FIXUNS_TRUNCTFSI2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_qtoui" : "_Q_qtou") +-#define EXTENDSFTF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_stoq" : "_Q_stoq") +-#define TRUNCTFSF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_qtos" : "_Q_qtos") +-#define EXTENDDFTF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_dtoq" : "_Q_dtoq") +-#define TRUNCTFDF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_qtod" : "_Q_qtod") +-#define EQTF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_feq" : "_Q_feq") +-#define NETF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_fne" : "_Q_fne") +-#define GTTF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_fgt" : "_Q_fgt") +-#define GETF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_fge" : "_Q_fge") +-#define LTTF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_flt" : "_Q_flt") +-#define LETF2_LIBCALL (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_fle" : "_Q_fle") ++ SPARC 32bit ABI. */ ++#define ADDTF3_LIBCALL "_Q_add" ++#define SUBTF3_LIBCALL "_Q_sub" ++#define NEGTF2_LIBCALL "_Q_neg" ++#define MULTF3_LIBCALL "_Q_mul" ++#define DIVTF3_LIBCALL "_Q_div" ++#define FLOATSITF2_LIBCALL "_Q_itoq" ++#define FIX_TRUNCTFSI2_LIBCALL "_Q_qtoi" ++#define FIXUNS_TRUNCTFSI2_LIBCALL "_Q_qtou" ++#define EXTENDSFTF2_LIBCALL "_Q_stoq" ++#define TRUNCTFSF2_LIBCALL "_Q_qtos" ++#define EXTENDDFTF2_LIBCALL "_Q_dtoq" ++#define TRUNCTFDF2_LIBCALL "_Q_qtod" ++#define EQTF2_LIBCALL "_Q_feq" ++#define NETF2_LIBCALL "_Q_fne" ++#define GTTF2_LIBCALL "_Q_fgt" ++#define GETF2_LIBCALL "_Q_fge" ++#define LTTF2_LIBCALL "_Q_flt" ++#define LETF2_LIBCALL "_Q_fle" + + /* We can define the TFmode sqrt optab only if TARGET_FPU. This is because + with soft-float, the SFmode and DFmode sqrt instructions will be absent, +@@ -2592,34 +2651,37 @@ + for calls to the builtin function sqrt, but this fails. */ + #define INIT_TARGET_OPTABS \ + do { \ +- add_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ +- = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ADDTF3_LIBCALL); \ +- sub_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ +- = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, SUBTF3_LIBCALL); \ +- neg_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ +- = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, NEGTF2_LIBCALL); \ +- smul_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ +- = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, MULTF3_LIBCALL); \ +- flodiv_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ +- = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, DIVTF3_LIBCALL); \ +- eqtf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, EQTF2_LIBCALL); \ +- netf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, NETF2_LIBCALL); \ +- gttf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, GTTF2_LIBCALL); \ +- getf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, GETF2_LIBCALL); \ +- lttf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LTTF2_LIBCALL); \ +- letf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LETF2_LIBCALL); \ +- trunctfsf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, TRUNCTFSF2_LIBCALL); \ +- trunctfdf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, TRUNCTFDF2_LIBCALL); \ +- extendsftf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, EXTENDSFTF2_LIBCALL); \ +- extenddftf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, EXTENDDFTF2_LIBCALL); \ +- floatsitf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, FLOATSITF2_LIBCALL); \ +- fixtfsi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, FIX_TRUNCTFSI2_LIBCALL); \ +- fixunstfsi_libfunc \ +- = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, FIXUNS_TRUNCTFSI2_LIBCALL); \ +- if (TARGET_FPU) \ +- sqrt_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ +- = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "_Q_sqrt"); \ +- INIT_SUBTARGET_OPTABS; \ ++ if (TARGET_ARCH32) \ ++ { \ ++ add_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ ++ = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ADDTF3_LIBCALL); \ ++ sub_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ ++ = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, SUBTF3_LIBCALL); \ ++ neg_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ ++ = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, NEGTF2_LIBCALL); \ ++ smul_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ ++ = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, MULTF3_LIBCALL); \ ++ flodiv_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ ++ = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, DIVTF3_LIBCALL); \ ++ eqtf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, EQTF2_LIBCALL); \ ++ netf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, NETF2_LIBCALL); \ ++ gttf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, GTTF2_LIBCALL); \ ++ getf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, GETF2_LIBCALL); \ ++ lttf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LTTF2_LIBCALL); \ ++ letf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LETF2_LIBCALL); \ ++ trunctfsf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, TRUNCTFSF2_LIBCALL); \ ++ trunctfdf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, TRUNCTFDF2_LIBCALL); \ ++ extendsftf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, EXTENDSFTF2_LIBCALL);\ ++ extenddftf2_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, EXTENDDFTF2_LIBCALL);\ ++ floatsitf_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, FLOATSITF2_LIBCALL); \ ++ fixtfsi_libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, FIX_TRUNCTFSI2_LIBCALL); \ ++ fixunstfsi_libfunc \ ++ = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, FIXUNS_TRUNCTFSI2_LIBCALL); \ ++ if (TARGET_FPU) \ ++ sqrt_optab->handlers[(int) TFmode].libfunc \ ++ = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "_Q_sqrt"); \ ++ } \ ++ INIT_SUBTARGET_OPTABS; \ + } while (0) + + /* This is meant to be redefined in the host dependent files */ +@@ -3109,15 +3171,29 @@ offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)), base = XEXP (addr, 0);\ else \ base = XEXP (addr, 0), index = XEXP (addr, 1); \ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ay b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ay index c09f8192bdf..69a3b5af483 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ay +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ay @@ -1,8 +1,262 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.md.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:37 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.md Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 -@@ -2496,7 +2496,7 @@ +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.md.orig 2001/04/23 12:00:43 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sparc.md 2002/03/28 08:14:56 1.5 +@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ + } + else if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, EQ); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, EQ); + emit_insn (gen_sne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ + } + else if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, NE); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, NE); + emit_insn (gen_sne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ + { + if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, GT); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, GT); + emit_insn (gen_sne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ + { + if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, LT); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, LT); + emit_insn (gen_sne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ + { + if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, GE); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, GE); + emit_insn (gen_sne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ + { + if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, LE); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, LE); + emit_insn (gen_sne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ + } + else if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, EQ); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, EQ); + emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ + } + else if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, NE); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, NE); + emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ + } + else if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, GT); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, GT); + emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ + } + else if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, LT); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, LT); + emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ + } + else if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, GE); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, GE); + emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ + } + else if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) + { +- emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, LE); ++ sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, LE); + emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); + DONE; + } +@@ -1774,6 +1774,145 @@ + " + { operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (LEU, sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1); + }") ++ ++;;(define_expand "bunordered" ++;; [(set (pc) ++;; (if_then_else (unordered (match_dup 1) (const_int 0)) ++;; (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) ++;; (pc)))] ++;; "" ++;; " ++;;{ ++;; if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++;; { ++;; sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, ++;; UNORDERED); ++;; emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (operands[0])); ++;; DONE; ++;; } ++;; operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (UNORDERED, sparc_compare_op0, ++;; sparc_compare_op1); ++;;}") ++ ++;;(define_expand "bordered" ++;; [(set (pc) ++;; (if_then_else (ordered (match_dup 1) (const_int 0)) ++;; (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) ++;; (pc)))] ++;; "" ++;; " ++;;{ ++;; if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++;; { ++;; sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, ORDERED); ++;; emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); ++;; DONE; ++;; } ++;; operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (ORDERED, sparc_compare_op0, ++;; sparc_compare_op1); ++;;}") ++;; ++;;(define_expand "bungt" ++;; [(set (pc) ++;; (if_then_else (ungt (match_dup 1) (const_int 0)) ++;; (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) ++;; (pc)))] ++;; "" ++;; " ++;;{ ++;; if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++;; { ++;; sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, UNGT); ++;; emit_jump_insn (gen_bgt (operands[0])); ++;; DONE; ++;; } ++;; operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (UNGT, sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1); ++;;}") ++;; ++;;(define_expand "bunlt" ++;; [(set (pc) ++;; (if_then_else (unlt (match_dup 1) (const_int 0)) ++;; (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) ++;; (pc)))] ++;; "" ++;; " ++;;{ ++;; if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++;; { ++;; sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, UNLT); ++;; emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); ++;; DONE; ++;; } ++;; operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (UNLT, sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1); ++;;}") ++;; ++;;(define_expand "buneq" ++;; [(set (pc) ++;; (if_then_else (uneq (match_dup 1) (const_int 0)) ++;; (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) ++;; (pc)))] ++;; "" ++;; " ++;;{ ++;; if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++;; { ++;; sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, UNEQ); ++;; emit_jump_insn (gen_beq (operands[0])); ++;; DONE; ++;; } ++;; operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (UNEQ, sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1); ++;;}") ++;; ++;;(define_expand "bunge" ++;; [(set (pc) ++;; (if_then_else (unge (match_dup 1) (const_int 0)) ++;; (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) ++;; (pc)))] ++;; "" ++;; " ++;;{ ++;; if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++;; { ++;; sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, UNGE); ++;; emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); ++;; DONE; ++;; } ++;; operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (UNGE, sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1); ++;;}") ++;; ++;;(define_expand "bunle" ++;; [(set (pc) ++;; (if_then_else (unle (match_dup 1) (const_int 0)) ++;; (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) ++;; (pc)))] ++;; "" ++;; " ++;;{ ++;; if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++;; { ++;; sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, UNLE); ++;; emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); ++;; DONE; ++;; } ++;; operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (UNLE, sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1); ++;;}") ++;; ++;;(define_expand "bltgt" ++;; [(set (pc) ++;; (if_then_else (ltgt (match_dup 1) (const_int 0)) ++;; (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) ++;; (pc)))] ++;; "" ++;; " ++;;{ ++;; if (GET_MODE (sparc_compare_op0) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++;; { ++;; sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1, LTGT); ++;; emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (operands[0])); ++;; DONE; ++;; } ++;; operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (LTGT, sparc_compare_op0, sparc_compare_op1); ++;;}") + + ;; Now match both normal and inverted jump. + +@@ -2496,7 +2635,7 @@ [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r") (high:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "sp64_medium_pic_operand" "")))] "(TARGET_CM_MEDLOW || TARGET_CM_EMBMEDANY) && check_pic (1)" @@ -11,7 +265,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ [(set_attr "type" "move") (set_attr "length" "1")]) -@@ -3473,10 +3473,7 @@ +@@ -3473,10 +3612,7 @@ (define_split [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "") (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" ""))] @@ -23,7 +277,409 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ [(clobber (const_int 0))] " { -@@ -5170,9 +5167,8 @@ +@@ -4521,16 +4657,70 @@ + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) + +-(define_insn "extendsftf2" ++(define_expand "extendsftf2" + [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (float_extend:TF + (match_operand:SF 1 "register_operand" "f")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[0]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_stoq\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 2, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ operands[1], SFmode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") ++ ++(define_insn "*extendsftf2_hq" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") ++ (float_extend:TF ++ (match_operand:SF 1 "register_operand" "f")))] + "TARGET_FPU && TARGET_HARD_QUAD" + "fstoq\\t%1, %0" + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) ++ ++(define_expand "extenddftf2" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") ++ (float_extend:TF ++ (match_operand:DF 1 "register_operand" "e")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[0]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_dtoq\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 2, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ operands[1], DFmode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") + +-(define_insn "extenddftf2" ++(define_insn "*extenddftf2_hq" + [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (float_extend:TF + (match_operand:DF 1 "register_operand" "e")))] +@@ -4547,8 +4737,34 @@ + "fdtos\\t%1, %0" + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) ++ ++(define_expand "trunctfsf2" ++ [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "register_operand" "=f") ++ (float_truncate:SF ++ (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot0, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call_value (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_qtos\"), ++ operands[0], 0, SFmode, 1, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") + +-(define_insn "trunctfsf2" ++(define_insn "*trunctfsf2_hq" + [(set (match_operand:SF 0 "register_operand" "=f") + (float_truncate:SF + (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e")))] +@@ -4557,7 +4773,33 @@ + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) + +-(define_insn "trunctfdf2" ++(define_expand "trunctfdf2" ++ [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "register_operand" "=f") ++ (float_truncate:DF ++ (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot0, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call_value (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_qtod\"), ++ operands[0], 0, DFmode, 1, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") ++ ++(define_insn "*trunctfdf2_hq" + [(set (match_operand:DF 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (float_truncate:DF + (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e")))] +@@ -4583,8 +4825,34 @@ + "fitod\\t%1, %0" + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) ++ ++(define_expand "floatsitf2" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") ++ (float:TF (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "f")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_itoq\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 2, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ operands[1], SImode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") + +-(define_insn "floatsitf2" ++(define_insn "*floatsitf2_hq" + [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (float:TF (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "f")))] + "TARGET_FPU && TARGET_HARD_QUAD" +@@ -4592,6 +4860,29 @@ + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) + ++(define_expand "floatunssitf2" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") ++ (unsigned_float:TF (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "e")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && TARGET_ARCH64 && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD" ++ " ++{ ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_uitoq\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 2, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ operands[1], SImode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++}") ++ + ;; Now the same for 64 bit sources. + + (define_insn "floatdisf2" +@@ -4610,14 +4901,63 @@ + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) + +-(define_insn "floatditf2" ++(define_expand "floatditf2" + [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") ++ (float:TF (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "e")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && TARGET_V9 && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_xtoq\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 2, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ operands[1], DImode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") ++ ++(define_insn "*floatditf2_hq" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (float:TF (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "e")))] + "TARGET_V9 && TARGET_FPU && TARGET_HARD_QUAD" + "fxtoq\\t%1, %0" + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) + ++(define_expand "floatunsditf2" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") ++ (unsigned_float:TF (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "e")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && TARGET_ARCH64 && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD" ++ " ++{ ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_uxtoq\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 2, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ operands[1], DImode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++}") ++ + ;; Convert a float to an actual integer. + ;; Truncation is performed as part of the conversion. + +@@ -4636,8 +4976,33 @@ + "fdtoi\\t%1, %0" + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) ++ ++(define_expand "fix_trunctfsi2" ++ [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=f") ++ (fix:SI (fix:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e"))))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot0, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call_value (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_qtoi\"), ++ operands[0], 0, SImode, 1, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") + +-(define_insn "fix_trunctfsi2" ++(define_insn "*fix_trunctfsi2_hq" + [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=f") + (fix:SI (fix:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e"))))] + "TARGET_FPU && TARGET_HARD_QUAD" +@@ -4645,6 +5010,28 @@ + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) + ++(define_expand "fixuns_trunctfsi2" ++ [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=f") ++ (unsigned_fix:SI (fix:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e"))))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && TARGET_ARCH64 && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD" ++ " ++{ ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot0, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call_value (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_qtoui\"), ++ operands[0], 0, SImode, 1, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode); ++ DONE; ++}") ++ + ;; Now the same, for V9 targets + + (define_insn "fix_truncsfdi2" +@@ -4663,13 +5050,61 @@ + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) + +-(define_insn "fix_trunctfdi2" ++(define_expand "fix_trunctfdi2" + [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=e") ++ (fix:DI (fix:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e"))))] ++ "TARGET_V9 && TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot0, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call_value (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_qtox\"), ++ operands[0], 0, DImode, 1, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") ++ ++(define_insn "*fix_trunctfdi2_hq" ++ [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (fix:DI (fix:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e"))))] + "TARGET_V9 && TARGET_FPU && TARGET_HARD_QUAD" + "fqtox\\t%1, %0" + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) ++ ++(define_expand "fixuns_trunctfdi2" ++ [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=f") ++ (unsigned_fix:DI (fix:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e"))))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && TARGET_ARCH64 && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD" ++ " ++{ ++ rtx slot0; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot0, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call_value (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_qtoux\"), ++ operands[0], 0, DImode, 1, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode); ++ DONE; ++}") ++ + + ;;- arithmetic instructions + +@@ -5170,9 +5605,8 @@ ;; Integer Multiply/Divide. @@ -35,7 +691,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (define_insn "mulsi3" [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r") -@@ -5230,15 +5226,13 @@ +@@ -5230,15 +5664,13 @@ }" [(set_attr "length" "9,8")]) @@ -57,7 +713,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ "TARGET_V8 || TARGET_SPARCLITE || TARGET_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS" "smulcc\\t%1, %2, %0" [(set_attr "type" "imul") -@@ -5254,12 +5248,11 @@ +@@ -5254,12 +5686,11 @@ if (CONSTANT_P (operands[2])) { if (TARGET_V8PLUS) @@ -75,7 +731,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ DONE; } if (TARGET_V8PLUS) -@@ -5309,14 +5302,22 @@ +@@ -5309,14 +5740,22 @@ (if_then_else (eq_attr "isa" "sparclet") (const_int 1) (const_int 2)))]) @@ -100,7 +756,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ "* { return TARGET_SPARCLET ? \"smuld\\t%1, %2, %L0\" : \"smul\\t%1, %2, %L0\\n\\trd\\t%%y, %H0\"; -@@ -5325,13 +5326,21 @@ +@@ -5325,13 +5764,21 @@ (if_then_else (eq_attr "isa" "sparclet") (const_int 1) (const_int 2)))]) @@ -123,7 +779,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ " { if (CONSTANT_P (operands[2])) -@@ -5407,8 +5416,7 @@ +@@ -5407,8 +5854,7 @@ (lshiftrt:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")) (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r"))) (const_int 32))))] @@ -133,7 +789,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ "smul\\t%1, %2, %%g0\\n\\trd\\t%%y, %0" [(set_attr "length" "2")]) -@@ -5419,8 +5427,7 @@ +@@ -5419,8 +5865,7 @@ (lshiftrt:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")) (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")) (const_int 32))))] @@ -143,7 +799,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ "smul\\t%1, %2, %%g0\\n\\trd\\t%%y, %0" [(set_attr "length" "2")]) -@@ -5434,12 +5441,11 @@ +@@ -5434,12 +5879,11 @@ if (CONSTANT_P (operands[2])) { if (TARGET_V8PLUS) @@ -161,7 +817,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ DONE; } if (TARGET_V8PLUS) -@@ -5475,10 +5481,18 @@ +@@ -5475,10 +5919,18 @@ (if_then_else (eq_attr "isa" "sparclet") (const_int 1) (const_int 2)))]) @@ -181,7 +837,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r") (mult:DI (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")) (match_operand:SI 2 "uns_small_int" "")))] -@@ -5491,6 +5505,14 @@ +@@ -5491,6 +5943,14 @@ (if_then_else (eq_attr "isa" "sparclet") (const_int 1) (const_int 2)))]) @@ -196,7 +852,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ ;; XXX (define_insn "const_umulsidi3_v8plus" [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=h,r") -@@ -5509,7 +5531,7 @@ +@@ -5509,7 +5969,7 @@ (lshiftrt:DI (mult:DI (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")) (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "uns_arith_operand" ""))) (const_int 32))))] @@ -205,7 +861,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ " { if (CONSTANT_P (operands[2])) -@@ -5568,8 +5590,7 @@ +@@ -5568,8 +6028,7 @@ (lshiftrt:DI (mult:DI (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")) (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r"))) (const_int 32))))] @@ -215,7 +871,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ "umul\\t%1, %2, %%g0\\n\\trd\\t%%y, %0" [(set_attr "length" "2")]) -@@ -5580,40 +5601,64 @@ +@@ -5580,40 +6039,64 @@ (lshiftrt:DI (mult:DI (zero_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")) (match_operand:SI 2 "uns_small_int" "")) (const_int 32))))] @@ -227,9 +883,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ ;; The v8 architecture specifies that there must be 3 instructions between ;; a y register write and a use of it for correct results. - --;; XXX SHEESH --(define_insn "divsi3" ++ +(define_expand "divsi3" + [(parallel [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r") + (div:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,r") @@ -247,7 +901,9 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ + DONE; + } +}") -+ + +-;; XXX SHEESH +-(define_insn "divsi3" +(define_insn "divsi3_sp32" [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r,r") (div:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r,r") @@ -293,7 +949,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (define_insn "divdi3" [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r") (div:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "r") -@@ -5621,47 +5666,47 @@ +@@ -5621,47 +6104,47 @@ "TARGET_ARCH64" "sdivx\\t%1, %2, %0") @@ -358,7 +1014,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ return \"nop\\n\\tnop\\n\\tnop\\n\\tudiv\\t%1, %2, %0\"; case 1: return \"ld\\t%2, %0\\n\\tnop\\n\\tnop\\n\\tudiv\\t%1, %0, %0\"; -@@ -5669,10 +5714,15 @@ +@@ -5669,11 +6152,16 @@ return \"ld\\t%1, %0\\n\\tnop\\n\\tnop\\n\\tudiv\\t%0, %2, %0\"; } }" @@ -367,7 +1023,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ - (eq_attr "alternative" "0")) - (const_int 2) (const_int 5)))]) + [(set_attr "length" "5")]) -+ + +(define_insn "udivsi3_sp64" + [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r") + (udiv:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "reg_or_nonsymb_mem_operand" "r") @@ -375,10 +1031,11 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ + "TARGET_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS && TARGET_ARCH64" + "wr\\t%%g0, 0, %%y\\n\\tudiv\\t%1, %2, %0" + [(set_attr "length" "2")]) - ++ (define_insn "udivdi3" [(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=r") -@@ -5681,16 +5731,13 @@ + (udiv:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "r") +@@ -5681,16 +6169,13 @@ "TARGET_ARCH64" "udivx\\t%1, %2, %0") @@ -401,7 +1058,258 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ay,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ "(TARGET_V8 || TARGET_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS) && ! TARGET_LIVE_G0" -@@ -7252,6 +7299,84 @@ +@@ -6544,8 +7029,50 @@ + (set_attr "length" "1")]) + + ;; Floating point arithmetic instructions. ++ ++(define_expand "addtf3" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "") ++ (plus:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "general_operand" "") ++ (match_operand:TF 2 "general_operand" "")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0, slot1, slot2; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[0]; ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot1 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot1, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot1 = operands[1]; ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot2 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot2, operands[2])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot2 = operands[2]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_add\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 3, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ XEXP (slot1, 0), Pmode, ++ XEXP (slot2, 0), Pmode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") + +-(define_insn "addtf3" ++(define_insn "*addtf3_hq" + [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (plus:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e") + (match_operand:TF 2 "register_operand" "e")))] +@@ -6571,8 +7098,50 @@ + "fadds\\t%1, %2, %0" + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) ++ ++(define_expand "subtf3" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "") ++ (minus:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "general_operand" "") ++ (match_operand:TF 2 "general_operand" "")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0, slot1, slot2; + +-(define_insn "subtf3" ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[0]; ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot1 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot1, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot1 = operands[1]; ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot2 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot2, operands[2])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot2 = operands[2]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_sub\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 3, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ XEXP (slot1, 0), Pmode, ++ XEXP (slot2, 0), Pmode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") ++ ++(define_insn "*subtf3_hq" + [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (minus:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e") + (match_operand:TF 2 "register_operand" "e")))] +@@ -6598,8 +7167,50 @@ + "fsubs\\t%1, %2, %0" + [(set_attr "type" "fp") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) ++ ++(define_expand "multf3" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "") ++ (mult:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "general_operand" "") ++ (match_operand:TF 2 "general_operand" "")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0, slot1, slot2; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[0]; ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot1 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot1, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot1 = operands[1]; ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot2 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot2, operands[2])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot2 = operands[2]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_mul\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 3, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ XEXP (slot1, 0), Pmode, ++ XEXP (slot2, 0), Pmode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") + +-(define_insn "multf3" ++(define_insn "*multf3_hq" + [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (mult:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e") + (match_operand:TF 2 "register_operand" "e")))] +@@ -6644,8 +7255,50 @@ + [(set_attr "type" "fpmul") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) + ++(define_expand "divtf3" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "") ++ (div:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "general_operand" "") ++ (match_operand:TF 2 "general_operand" "")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0, slot1, slot2; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[0]; ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot1 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot1, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot1 = operands[1]; ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot2 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot2, operands[2])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot2 = operands[2]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_div\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 3, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ XEXP (slot1, 0), Pmode, ++ XEXP (slot2, 0), Pmode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") ++ + ;; don't have timing for quad-prec. divide. +-(define_insn "divtf3" ++(define_insn "*divtf3_hq" + [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (div:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e") + (match_operand:TF 2 "register_operand" "e")))] +@@ -6916,8 +7569,41 @@ + [(set_attr "type" "fpmove") + (set_attr "length" "1")]) + +-(define_insn "sqrttf2" ++(define_expand "sqrttf2" + [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") ++ (sqrt:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e")))] ++ "TARGET_FPU && (TARGET_HARD_QUAD || TARGET_ARCH64)" ++ " ++{ ++ if (! TARGET_HARD_QUAD) ++ { ++ rtx slot0, slot1; ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ else ++ slot0 = operands[0]; ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != MEM) ++ { ++ slot1 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0); ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot1, operands[1])); ++ } ++ else ++ slot1 = operands[1]; ++ ++ emit_library_call (gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, \"_Qp_sqrt\"), 0, ++ VOIDmode, 2, ++ XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode, ++ XEXP (slot1, 0), Pmode); ++ ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != MEM) ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], slot0)); ++ DONE; ++ } ++}") ++ ++(define_insn "*sqrttf2_hq" ++ [(set (match_operand:TF 0 "register_operand" "=e") + (sqrt:TF (match_operand:TF 1 "register_operand" "e")))] + "TARGET_FPU && TARGET_HARD_QUAD" + "fsqrtq\\t%1, %0" +@@ -7252,6 +7938,84 @@ "TARGET_V8PLUS" "*return sparc_v8plus_shift (operands, insn, \"srlx\");" [(set_attr "length" "5,5,6")]) diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-az b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-az index 69dff351957..b69ee007bc7 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-az +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-az @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-az,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-az,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sysv4.h.orig Mon Jun 21 19:48:53 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sysv4.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sysv4.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:52 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/sparc/sysv4.h 2000/08/11 03:31:41 1.3 @@ -210,6 +210,29 @@ #define ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS(FILE, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ALIGN) \ asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE, DECL, NAME, SIZE, ALIGN) diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ba b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ba index 9e5c57a2dff..9e0d7f288bd 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ba +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ba @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ba,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ba,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:53 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/netbsd.h.orig Wed Dec 16 22:14:22 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/netbsd.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/netbsd.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:55 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/netbsd.h 2002/02/11 00:02:12 1.6 @@ -1,5 +1,22 @@ +#include <vax/vax.h> +#ifdef NETBSD_ELF @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ $NetBSD: patch-ba,v 1.2 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ +#define CC1_SPEC "\ + %{!fno-pic: \ + %{!mno-pic: %{!fpic: %{!fPIC:-fPIC}}} \ -+ %{!mindirect: %{!no-mindirect: -mno-indirect}}} \ ++ %{!mindirect: %{!mno-indirect:-mno-indirect}}} \ + %{mno-pic: -fno-pic -mindirect} \ + %{fno-pic: \ -+ %{!mindirect: %{!no-mindirect: -mindirect}}}" ++ %{!mindirect: %{!mno-indirect:-mindirect}}}" + +#define CC1PLUS_SPEC CC1_SPEC diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bb b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bb index 34b63657d90..95b3108e54a 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bb +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bb @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bb,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bb,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.c.orig Wed Dec 16 22:14:24 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:55 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.c 2002/02/23 21:02:50 1.11 @@ -19,19 +19,24 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bb,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ if (which_alternative == 0 && i == 0) { addr = XEXP (operands[i], 0); -@@ -71,8 +77,24 @@ +@@ -71,9 +77,25 @@ FILE *file; register rtx addr; { @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bb,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ + register rtx reg1, breg, ireg; rtx offset; + rtx orig_addr = addr; -+ + +#if 0 + if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST) + debug_rtx (addr); @@ -72,21 +72,34 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bb,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ + fatal_insn ("Non-PIC operand escaped:\n", addr); + } +#endif - ++ retry: switch (GET_CODE (addr)) -@@ -83,6 +105,11 @@ + { +@@ -83,15 +105,20 @@ goto retry; case REG: +- fprintf (file, "(%s)", reg_names[REGNO (addr)]); + if (REGNO (addr) >= 16) + { + debug_rtx (orig_addr); + abort (); + } - fprintf (file, "(%s)", reg_names[REGNO (addr)]); ++ fprintf (file, "(%s%s)", REGISTER_PREFIX, reg_names[REGNO (addr)]); break; + case PRE_DEC: +- fprintf (file, "-(%s)", reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))]); ++ fprintf (file, "-(%s%s)", REGISTER_PREFIX, reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))]); + break; + + case POST_INC: +- fprintf (file, "(%s)+", reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))]); ++ fprintf (file, "(%s%s)+", REGISTER_PREFIX, reg_names[REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0))]); + break; + + case PLUS: @@ -139,7 +166,10 @@ addr = XEXP (addr, 1); } @@ -198,7 +211,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bb,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ ireg = reg1; } else -@@ -232,14 +301,24 @@ +@@ -232,15 +301,25 @@ output_address (offset); if (breg != 0) @@ -209,7 +222,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bb,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ + debug_rtx (orig_addr); + abort (); + } -+ fprintf (file, "(%s)", reg_names[REGNO (breg)]); ++ fprintf (file, "(%s%s)", REGISTER_PREFIX, reg_names[REGNO (breg)]); + } if (ireg != 0) @@ -218,13 +231,15 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bb,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ ireg = XEXP (ireg, 0); if (GET_CODE (ireg) != REG) - abort (); +- fprintf (file, "[%s]", reg_names[REGNO (ireg)]); + { + debug_rtx (orig_addr); + abort (); + } - fprintf (file, "[%s]", reg_names[REGNO (ireg)]); ++ fprintf (file, "[%s%s]", REGISTER_PREFIX, reg_names[REGNO (ireg)]); } break; + @@ -249,7 +328,7 @@ } } diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bc b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bc index 81c99e9faf0..85b8fe9cfa0 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bc +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bc @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.h.orig Wed Dec 16 22:14:25 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:55 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.h 2002/02/25 17:33:02 1.14 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ /* If using g-format floating point, alter math.h. */ @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ /* Choose proper libraries depending on float format. Note that there are no profiling libraries for g-format. -@@ -51,13 +51,20 @@ +@@ -51,14 +51,21 @@ /* Macros used in the machine description to test the flags. */ /* Nonzero if compiling code that Unix assembler can assemble. */ @@ -28,14 +28,15 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ -#define TARGET_G_FLOAT (target_flags & 4) +#define MASK_G_FLOAT 4 +#define TARGET_G_FLOAT (target_flags & MASK_G_FLOAT) -+ + +/* Nonzero if compiling for PIC code */ +#define MASK_INDIRECT 8 +#define TARGET_INDIRECT (target_flags & MASK_INDIRECT) - ++ /* Macro to define tables used to set the flags. This is a list in braces of pairs in braces, -@@ -66,19 +73,21 @@ + each pair being { "NAME", VALUE } +@@ -66,26 +73,28 @@ An empty string NAME is used to identify the default VALUE. */ #define TARGET_SWITCHES \ @@ -66,6 +67,14 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ #endif /* Target machine storage layout */ + + /* Define for software floating point emulation of VAX format + when cross compiling from a non-VAX host. */ +-/* #define REAL_ARITHMETIC */ ++#define REAL_ARITHMETIC + + /* Define this if most significant bit is lowest numbered + in instructions that operate on numbered bit-fields. @@ -258,7 +267,7 @@ This is an initializer for a vector of HARD_REG_SET of length N_REG_CLASSES. */ @@ -85,9 +94,9 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ This macro defines what the ranges are. C is the letter, and VALUE is a constant value. Return 1 if VALUE is in the range specified by C. - -- `I' is the constant zero. */ - +- `I' is the constant zero. */ + -#define CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P(VALUE, C) \ - ((C) == 'I' ? (VALUE) == 0 \ + `I' is the constant zero. @@ -136,7 +145,34 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ /* Define this if PCC uses the nonreentrant convention for returning structure and union values. */ -@@ -533,10 +553,10 @@ +@@ -466,8 +486,12 @@ + mask |= 1 << regno; \ + fprintf (FILE, "\t.word 0x%x\n", mask); \ + MAYBE_VMS_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE(FILE) \ +- if ((size) >= 64) fprintf (FILE, "\tmovab %d(sp),sp\n", -size);\ +- else if (size) fprintf (FILE, "\tsubl2 $%d,sp\n", (size)); } ++ if ((size) >= 64) \ ++ fprintf (FILE, "\tmovab %d(%ssp),%ssp\n", -size, \ ++ REGISTER_PREFIX, REGISTER_PREFIX); \ ++ else if (size) \ ++ fprintf (FILE, "\tsubl2 $%d,%ssp\n", \ ++ (size), REGISTER_PREFIX); } + + /* vms.h redefines this. */ + #define MAYBE_VMS_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE(FILE) +@@ -495,8 +519,9 @@ + */ + + #define BLOCK_PROFILER(FILE, BLOCKNO) \ +- fprintf (FILE, "\tmovpsl -(sp)\n\tmovw (sp),2(sp)\n\taddl2 $2,sp\n\taddl2 $1,LPBX2+%d\n\tbicpsw $255\n\tbispsw (sp)+\n", \ +- 4 * BLOCKNO) ++ fprintf (FILE, "\tmovpsl -(%ssp)\n\tmovw (%ssp),2(%ssp)\n\taddl2 $2,%ssp\n\taddl2 $1,LPBX2+%d\n\tbicpsw $255\n\tbispsw (%ssp)+\n", \ ++ 4 * BLOCKNO, REGISTER_PREFIX, REGISTER_PREFIX, REGISTER_PREFIX, \ ++ REGISTER_PREFIX, REGISTER_PREFIX) + + /* EXIT_IGNORE_STACK should be nonzero if, when returning from a function, + the stack pointer does not matter. The value is tested only in +@@ -533,10 +558,10 @@ #define TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE(FILE) \ { \ ASM_OUTPUT_SHORT (FILE, const0_rtx); \ @@ -150,17 +186,26 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ ASM_OUTPUT_INT (FILE, const0_rtx); \ } -@@ -552,12 +572,12 @@ +@@ -548,16 +573,20 @@ + FNADDR is an RTX for the address of the function's pure code. + CXT is an RTX for the static chain value for the function. */ + ++/* This is separated out so register prefixes can be added by a target ++ if it requires them */ ++#define VAX_ISTREAM_SYNC "movpsl -(sp)\n\tpushal 1(pc)\n\trei" ++ + /* We copy the register-mask from the function's pure code to the start of the trampoline. */ ++ #define INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE(TRAMP, FNADDR, CXT) \ { \ - emit_insn (gen_rtx (ASM_INPUT, VOIDmode, \ -+ emit_insn (gen_rtx_ASM_INPUT (VOIDmode, \ - "movpsl -(sp)\n\tpushal 1(pc)\n\trei")); \ +- "movpsl -(sp)\n\tpushal 1(pc)\n\trei")); \ - emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, HImode, TRAMP), \ - gen_rtx (MEM, HImode, FNADDR)); \ - emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, plus_constant (TRAMP, 4)), CXT);\ - emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (MEM, SImode, plus_constant (TRAMP, 11)), \ ++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_ASM_INPUT (VOIDmode, VAX_ISTREAM_SYNC)); \ + emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (HImode, TRAMP), \ + gen_rtx_MEM (HImode, FNADDR)); \ + emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (TRAMP, 4)), CXT);\ @@ -168,7 +213,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ plus_constant (FNADDR, 2)); \ } -@@ -573,7 +593,7 @@ +@@ -573,7 +602,7 @@ #define RETURN_ADDR_RTX(COUNT, FRAME) \ ((COUNT == 0) \ @@ -177,7 +222,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ : (rtx) 0) -@@ -635,6 +655,9 @@ +@@ -635,6 +664,9 @@ /* Nonzero if X is a hard reg that can be used as a base reg or if it is a pseudo reg. */ #define REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P(X) 1 @@ -187,7 +232,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ #else -@@ -642,144 +665,12 @@ +@@ -642,144 +674,12 @@ #define REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P(X) REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (REGNO (X)) /* Nonzero if X is a hard reg that can be used as a base reg. */ #define REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P(X) REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (X)) @@ -335,7 +380,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ /* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address. This macro is used in only one place: `memory_address' in explow.c. -@@ -808,8 +699,10 @@ +@@ -808,8 +708,10 @@ goto LABEL; \ if (GET_CODE (ADDR) == PLUS) \ { if (CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (ADDR, 0)) \ @@ -346,7 +391,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ && GET_CODE (XEXP (ADDR, 0)) == REG); \ else goto LABEL; }} -@@ -828,6 +721,10 @@ +@@ -828,6 +730,10 @@ jumps to the default label instead. */ #define CASE_DROPS_THROUGH @@ -357,7 +402,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ /* Specify the tree operation to be used to convert reals to integers. */ #define IMPLICIT_FIX_EXPR FIX_ROUND_EXPR -@@ -961,6 +858,36 @@ +@@ -961,6 +867,36 @@ #define MIN_G_FLOAT .556268464626800e-308 */ @@ -394,7 +439,33 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ /* Tell final.c how to eliminate redundant test instructions. */ /* Here we define machine-dependent flags and fields in cc_status -@@ -1028,11 +955,11 @@ +@@ -975,9 +911,15 @@ + { if (GET_CODE (EXP) == SET) \ + { if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (EXP)) == CALL) \ + CC_STATUS_INIT; \ ++ else if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (EXP)) == COMPARE \ ++ || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (EXP)) == PLUS \ ++ || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (EXP)) == MINUS) \ ++ { cc_status.flags = 0; \ ++ cc_status.value1 = SET_DEST (EXP); \ ++ cc_status.value2 = SET_SRC (EXP); } \ + else if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (EXP)) != ZERO_EXTRACT \ + && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (EXP)) != PC) \ +- { cc_status.flags = 0; \ ++ { cc_status.flags = CC_NO_OVERFLOW; \ + cc_status.value1 = SET_DEST (EXP); \ + cc_status.value2 = SET_SRC (EXP); } } \ + else if (GET_CODE (EXP) == PARALLEL \ +@@ -986,7 +928,7 @@ + if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (EXP, 0, 0))) == CALL) \ + CC_STATUS_INIT; \ + else if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (EXP, 0, 0))) != PC) \ +- { cc_status.flags = 0; \ ++ { cc_status.flags = CC_NO_OVERFLOW; \ + cc_status.value1 = SET_DEST (XVECEXP (EXP, 0, 0)); \ + cc_status.value2 = SET_SRC (XVECEXP (EXP, 0, 0)); } \ + else \ +@@ -1028,15 +970,18 @@ /* Output before read-only data. */ @@ -407,8 +478,31 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ +#define DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.data" /* How to refer to registers in assembler output. - This sequence is indexed by compiler's hard-register-number (see above). */ -@@ -1158,13 +1085,32 @@ +- This sequence is indexed by compiler's hard-register-number (see above). */ ++ This sequence is indexed by compiler's hard-register-number (see above). ++ The register names will be prefixed by REGISTER_PREFIX, if any. */ + ++#define REGISTER_PREFIX "" ++ + #define REGISTER_NAMES \ + {"r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7", "r8", \ + "r9", "r10", "r11", "ap", "fp", "sp", "pc"} +@@ -1146,25 +1091,45 @@ + It need not be very fast code. */ + + #define ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH(FILE,REGNO) \ +- fprintf (FILE, "\tpushl %s\n", reg_names[REGNO]) ++ fprintf (FILE, "\tpushl %s%s\n", REGISTER_PREFIX, reg_names[REGNO]) + + /* This is how to output an insn to pop a register from the stack. + It need not be very fast code. */ + + #define ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP(FILE,REGNO) \ +- fprintf (FILE, "\tmovl (sp)+,%s\n", reg_names[REGNO]) ++ fprintf (FILE, "\tmovl (%ssp)+,%s%s\n", REGISTER_PREFIX, REGISTER_PREFIX, \ ++ reg_names[REGNO]) + + /* This is how to output an element of a case-vector that is absolute. (The Vax does not use such vectors, but we must define this macro anyway.) */ @@ -445,7 +539,16 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ /* This is how to output an assembler line that says to advance the location counter -@@ -1271,7 +1217,7 @@ +@@ -1223,7 +1188,7 @@ + #define ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK(FILE, THUNK_FNDECL, DELTA, FUNCTION) \ + do { \ + fprintf (FILE, "\t.word 0x0ffc\n"); \ +- fprintf (FILE, "\taddl2 $%d,4(ap)\n", DELTA); \ ++ fprintf (FILE, "\taddl2 $%d,4(%sap)\n", DELTA, REGISTER_PREFIX); \ + fprintf (FILE, "\tjmp "); \ + assemble_name (FILE, XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (FUNCTION), 0), 0)); \ + fprintf (FILE, "+2\n"); \ +@@ -1271,7 +1236,7 @@ ((CODE) == '#') #define PRINT_OPERAND(FILE, X, CODE) \ @@ -454,3 +557,12 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ if (CODE == '#') fputc (ASM_DOUBLE_CHAR, FILE); \ else if (CODE == 'C') \ fputs (rev_cond_name (X), FILE); \ +@@ -1295,7 +1260,7 @@ + else if (CODE == 'M' && GET_CODE (X) == CONST_INT) \ + fprintf (FILE, "$%d", ~((1 << INTVAL (x)) - 1)); \ + else if (GET_CODE (X) == REG) \ +- fprintf (FILE, "%s", reg_names[REGNO (X)]); \ ++ fprintf (FILE, "%s%s", REGISTER_PREFIX, reg_names[REGNO (X)]); \ + else if (GET_CODE (X) == MEM) \ + output_address (XEXP (X, 0)); \ + else if (GET_CODE (X) == CONST_DOUBLE && GET_MODE (X) == SFmode) \ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bd b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bd index e185fdbc1f3..6cbc216ee17 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bd +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bd @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.md.orig Wed Dec 16 22:14:26 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.md Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.md.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:55 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/vax/vax.md 2002/03/28 06:51:36 1.16 @@ -135,20 +135,20 @@ ;; patterns need to be recognized. ;; -- Ken Raeburn (Raeburn@Watch.COM) 24 August 1991. @@ -52,12 +52,11 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:DI 1 "general_operand" "I,g"))] "" "@ -@@ -195,8 +195,32 @@ +@@ -194,9 +194,33 @@ + ;; Loads of constants between 64 and 128 used to be done with ;; "addl3 $63,#,dst" but this is slower than movzbl and takes as much space. - --(define_insn "movsi" -- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=g") ++ +(define_expand "movsi" + [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "") + (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" ""))] @@ -81,13 +80,38 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ + DONE; + } +}") -+ + +-(define_insn "movsi" +- [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=g") +(define_insn "movgensi" + [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "nonimmediate_operand" "=g") (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "g"))] "" "* -@@ -241,7 +265,7 @@ +@@ -212,14 +236,20 @@ + /* Make sure the reg hasn't been clobbered. */ + && ! reg_set_between_p (operands[0], XEXP (link, 0), insn)) + return \"incl %0\"; +- if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST) ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == SYMBOL_REF ++ || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == LABEL_REF ++ || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST) + { + if (push_operand (operands[0], SImode)) + return \"pushab %a1\"; + return \"movab %a1,%0\"; + } + if (operands[1] == const0_rtx) +- return \"clrl %0\"; ++ { ++ if (push_operand (operands[0], SImode)) ++ return \"pushl %1\"; ++ return \"clrl %0\"; ++ } + if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT + && (unsigned) INTVAL (operands[1]) >= 64) + { +@@ -241,7 +271,7 @@ }") (define_insn "movhi" @@ -96,7 +120,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "g"))] "" "* -@@ -274,7 +298,7 @@ +@@ -274,7 +304,7 @@ }") (define_insn "movstricthi" @@ -105,7 +129,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "g"))] "" "* -@@ -295,7 +319,7 @@ +@@ -295,7 +325,7 @@ }") (define_insn "movqi" @@ -114,7 +138,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "g"))] "" "* -@@ -324,7 +348,7 @@ +@@ -324,7 +354,7 @@ }") (define_insn "movstrictqi" @@ -123,7 +147,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "g"))] "" "* -@@ -358,8 +382,8 @@ +@@ -358,8 +388,8 @@ ;; that anything generated as this insn will be recognized as one ;; and that it won't successfully combine with anything. (define_insn "movstrhi1" @@ -134,7 +158,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (use (match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "g")) (clobber (reg:SI 0)) (clobber (reg:SI 1)) -@@ -373,67 +397,67 @@ +@@ -373,67 +403,67 @@ ;; Extension and truncation insns. (define_insn "truncsiqi2" @@ -213,7 +237,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (zero_extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" "g")))] "" "movzbl %1,%0") -@@ -441,37 +465,37 @@ +@@ -441,37 +471,37 @@ ;; Fix-to-float conversion insns. (define_insn "floatsisf2" @@ -257,7 +281,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (float:DF (match_operand:QI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" "g")))] "" "cvtb%# %1,%0") -@@ -479,37 +503,37 @@ +@@ -479,37 +509,37 @@ ;; Float-to-fix conversion insns. (define_insn "fix_truncsfqi2" @@ -301,7 +325,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (fix:SI (fix:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand" "gF"))))] "" "cvt%#l %1,%0") -@@ -517,7 +541,7 @@ +@@ -517,7 +547,7 @@ ;;- All kinds of add instructions. (define_insn "adddf3" @@ -310,7 +334,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (plus:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand" "0,gF,gF") (match_operand:DF 2 "general_operand" "gF,0,gF")))] "" -@@ -527,7 +551,7 @@ +@@ -527,7 +557,7 @@ add%#3 %1,%2,%0") (define_insn "addsf3" @@ -319,7 +343,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (plus:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "general_operand" "0,gF,gF") (match_operand:SF 2 "general_operand" "gF,0,gF")))] "" -@@ -550,7 +574,7 @@ +@@ -550,7 +580,7 @@ (define_insn "addsi3" @@ -328,7 +352,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "g") (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g")))] "" -@@ -602,7 +626,7 @@ +@@ -602,7 +632,7 @@ }") (define_insn "addhi3" @@ -337,7 +361,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (plus:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "g") (match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "g")))] "" -@@ -628,7 +652,7 @@ +@@ -628,7 +658,7 @@ }") (define_insn "addqi3" @@ -346,7 +370,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (plus:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "g") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g")))] "" -@@ -655,14 +679,14 @@ +@@ -655,14 +685,14 @@ ;; The add-with-carry (adwc) instruction only accepts two operands. (define_insn "adddi3" @@ -363,7 +387,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ int carry = 1; split_quadword_operands (operands, low, 3); -@@ -700,7 +724,7 @@ +@@ -700,7 +730,7 @@ ;;- All kinds of subtract instructions. (define_insn "subdf3" @@ -372,7 +396,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (minus:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand" "0,gF") (match_operand:DF 2 "general_operand" "gF,gF")))] "" -@@ -709,7 +733,7 @@ +@@ -709,7 +739,7 @@ sub%#3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "subsf3" @@ -381,7 +405,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (minus:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "general_operand" "0,gF") (match_operand:SF 2 "general_operand" "gF,gF")))] "" -@@ -718,7 +742,7 @@ +@@ -718,7 +748,7 @@ subf3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "subsi3" @@ -390,7 +414,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (minus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0,g") (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g,g")))] "" -@@ -727,7 +751,7 @@ +@@ -727,7 +757,7 @@ subl3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "subhi3" @@ -399,7 +423,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (minus:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "0,g") (match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "g,g")))] "" -@@ -736,7 +760,7 @@ +@@ -736,7 +766,7 @@ subw3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "subqi3" @@ -408,7 +432,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (minus:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "0,g") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g,g")))] "" -@@ -746,14 +770,14 @@ +@@ -746,14 +776,14 @@ ;; The subtract-with-carry (sbwc) instruction only takes two operands. (define_insn "subdi3" @@ -425,7 +449,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ int carry = 1; split_quadword_operands (operands, low, 3); -@@ -791,7 +815,7 @@ +@@ -791,7 +821,7 @@ ;;- Multiply instructions. (define_insn "muldf3" @@ -434,7 +458,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (mult:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand" "0,gF,gF") (match_operand:DF 2 "general_operand" "gF,0,gF")))] "" -@@ -801,7 +825,7 @@ +@@ -801,7 +831,7 @@ mul%#3 %1,%2,%0") (define_insn "mulsf3" @@ -443,7 +467,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (mult:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "general_operand" "0,gF,gF") (match_operand:SF 2 "general_operand" "gF,0,gF")))] "" -@@ -811,7 +835,7 @@ +@@ -811,7 +841,7 @@ mulf3 %1,%2,%0") (define_insn "mulsi3" @@ -452,7 +476,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0,g,g") (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g,0,g")))] "" -@@ -821,7 +845,7 @@ +@@ -821,7 +851,7 @@ mull3 %1,%2,%0") (define_insn "mulhi3" @@ -461,7 +485,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (mult:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "0,g,g") (match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "g,0,g")))] "" -@@ -831,7 +855,7 @@ +@@ -831,7 +861,7 @@ mulw3 %1,%2,%0") (define_insn "mulqi3" @@ -470,7 +494,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (mult:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "0,g,g") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g,0,g")))] "" -@@ -841,7 +865,7 @@ +@@ -841,7 +871,7 @@ mulb3 %1,%2,%0") (define_insn "mulsidi3" @@ -479,7 +503,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" "g")) (sign_extend:DI -@@ -850,7 +874,7 @@ +@@ -850,7 +880,7 @@ "emul %1,%2,$0,%0") (define_insn "" @@ -488,7 +512,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (plus:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" "g")) -@@ -862,7 +886,7 @@ +@@ -862,7 +892,7 @@ ;; 'F' constraint means type CONST_DOUBLE (define_insn "" @@ -497,7 +521,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (plus:DI (mult:DI (sign_extend:DI (match_operand:SI 1 "nonimmediate_operand" "g")) -@@ -881,7 +905,7 @@ +@@ -881,7 +911,7 @@ ;;- Divide instructions. (define_insn "divdf3" @@ -506,7 +530,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (div:DF (match_operand:DF 1 "general_operand" "0,gF") (match_operand:DF 2 "general_operand" "gF,gF")))] "" -@@ -890,7 +914,7 @@ +@@ -890,7 +920,7 @@ div%#3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "divsf3" @@ -515,7 +539,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (div:SF (match_operand:SF 1 "general_operand" "0,gF") (match_operand:SF 2 "general_operand" "gF,gF")))] "" -@@ -899,7 +923,7 @@ +@@ -899,7 +929,7 @@ divf3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "divsi3" @@ -524,7 +548,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (div:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0,g") (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g,g")))] "" -@@ -908,7 +932,7 @@ +@@ -908,7 +938,7 @@ divl3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "divhi3" @@ -533,7 +557,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (div:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "0,g") (match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "g,g")))] "" -@@ -917,7 +941,7 @@ +@@ -917,7 +947,7 @@ divw3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "divqi3" @@ -542,7 +566,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (div:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "0,g") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g,g")))] "" -@@ -939,7 +963,7 @@ +@@ -939,7 +969,7 @@ ;; Bit-and on the vax is done with a clear-bits insn. (define_expand "andsi3" @@ -551,7 +575,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (and:SI (not:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "g")) (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g")))] "" -@@ -962,7 +986,7 @@ +@@ -962,7 +992,7 @@ }") (define_expand "andhi3" @@ -560,7 +584,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (and:HI (not:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "g")) (match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "g")))] "" -@@ -984,7 +1008,7 @@ +@@ -984,7 +1014,7 @@ }") (define_expand "andqi3" @@ -569,7 +593,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (and:QI (not:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "g")) (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g")))] "" -@@ -1006,7 +1030,7 @@ +@@ -1006,7 +1036,7 @@ }") (define_insn "" @@ -578,7 +602,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (and:SI (not:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "g,g")) (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "0,g")))] "" -@@ -1015,7 +1039,7 @@ +@@ -1015,7 +1045,7 @@ bicl3 %1,%2,%0") (define_insn "" @@ -587,7 +611,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (and:HI (not:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "g,g")) (match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "0,g")))] "" -@@ -1024,7 +1048,7 @@ +@@ -1024,7 +1054,7 @@ bicw3 %1,%2,%0") (define_insn "" @@ -596,7 +620,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (and:QI (not:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "g,g")) (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "0,g")))] "" -@@ -1038,7 +1062,7 @@ +@@ -1038,7 +1068,7 @@ ;; opportunities in combine.c. (define_insn "" @@ -605,7 +629,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (and:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0,g") (match_operand:SI 2 "const_int_operand" "n,n")))] "" -@@ -1047,7 +1071,7 @@ +@@ -1047,7 +1077,7 @@ bicl3 %N2,%1,%0") (define_insn "" @@ -614,7 +638,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (and:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "0,g") (match_operand:HI 2 "const_int_operand" "n,n")))] "" -@@ -1056,7 +1080,7 @@ +@@ -1056,7 +1086,7 @@ bicw3 %H2,%1,%0") (define_insn "" @@ -623,7 +647,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (and:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "0,g") (match_operand:QI 2 "const_int_operand" "n,n")))] "" -@@ -1067,7 +1091,7 @@ +@@ -1067,7 +1097,7 @@ ;;- Bit set instructions. (define_insn "iorsi3" @@ -632,7 +656,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0,g,g") (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g,0,g")))] "" -@@ -1077,7 +1101,7 @@ +@@ -1077,7 +1107,7 @@ bisl3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "iorhi3" @@ -641,7 +665,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (ior:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "0,g,g") (match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "g,0,g")))] "" -@@ -1087,7 +1111,7 @@ +@@ -1087,7 +1117,7 @@ bisw3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "iorqi3" @@ -650,7 +674,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (ior:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "0,g,g") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g,0,g")))] "" -@@ -1099,7 +1123,7 @@ +@@ -1099,7 +1129,7 @@ ;;- xor instructions. (define_insn "xorsi3" @@ -659,7 +683,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (xor:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0,g,g") (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g,0,g")))] "" -@@ -1109,7 +1133,7 @@ +@@ -1109,7 +1139,7 @@ xorl3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "xorhi3" @@ -668,7 +692,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (xor:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "0,g,g") (match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "g,0,g")))] "" -@@ -1119,7 +1143,7 @@ +@@ -1119,7 +1149,7 @@ xorw3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "xorqi3" @@ -677,7 +701,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (xor:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "0,g,g") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g,0,g")))] "" -@@ -1129,49 +1153,49 @@ +@@ -1129,49 +1159,49 @@ xorb3 %2,%1,%0") (define_insn "negdf2" @@ -735,7 +759,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (not:QI (match_operand:QI 1 "general_operand" "g")))] "" "mcomb %1,%0") -@@ -1182,32 +1206,32 @@ +@@ -1182,32 +1212,32 @@ ;; prevents converting shifts to ZERO_EXTRACTs with negative positions, ;; which isn't valid. (define_expand "ashrsi3" @@ -773,7 +797,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (ashift:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "g") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g")))] "" -@@ -1231,24 +1255,24 @@ +@@ -1231,24 +1261,24 @@ ;; Arithmetic right shift on the vax works by negating the shift count. (define_expand "ashrdi3" @@ -802,7 +826,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (ashiftrt:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "general_operand" "g") (neg:QI (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g"))))] "" -@@ -1263,7 +1287,7 @@ +@@ -1263,7 +1293,7 @@ [(set (match_dup 3) (minus:QI (const_int 32) (match_dup 4))) @@ -811,7 +835,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r") (match_dup 3) (match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "g")))] -@@ -1276,32 +1300,32 @@ +@@ -1276,32 +1306,32 @@ ;; Rotate right on the vax works by negating the shift count. (define_expand "rotrsi3" @@ -849,7 +873,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (rotatert:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "g") (neg:QI (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g"))))] "" -@@ -1309,7 +1333,7 @@ +@@ -1309,7 +1339,7 @@ ;This insn is probably slower than a multiply and an add. ;(define_insn "" @@ -858,7 +882,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ ; (mult:SI (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "g") ; (match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g")) ; (match_operand:SI 3 "general_operand" "g")))] -@@ -1348,7 +1372,7 @@ +@@ -1348,7 +1378,7 @@ }") (define_insn "" @@ -867,7 +891,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "ro") (match_operand:QI 2 "const_int_operand" "n") (match_operand:SI 3 "const_int_operand" "n")))] -@@ -1373,7 +1397,7 @@ +@@ -1373,7 +1403,7 @@ }") (define_insn "" @@ -876,7 +900,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (sign_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "ro") (match_operand:QI 2 "const_int_operand" "n") (match_operand:SI 3 "const_int_operand" "n")))] -@@ -1425,7 +1449,7 @@ +@@ -1425,7 +1455,7 @@ ;; anyway, we can't allow immediate values for the primary source operand. (define_insn "" @@ -885,7 +909,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (sign_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "ro") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g") (match_operand:SI 3 "general_operand" "g")))] -@@ -1442,7 +1466,7 @@ +@@ -1442,7 +1472,7 @@ }") (define_insn "" @@ -894,7 +918,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "ro") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g") (match_operand:SI 3 "general_operand" "g")))] -@@ -1488,7 +1512,7 @@ +@@ -1488,7 +1518,7 @@ "cmpzv %2,%1,%0,%3") (define_insn "extv" @@ -903,7 +927,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (sign_extract:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "memory_operand" "m") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g") (match_operand:SI 3 "general_operand" "g")))] -@@ -1517,7 +1541,7 @@ +@@ -1517,7 +1547,7 @@ "") (define_insn "" @@ -912,7 +936,76 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (zero_extract:SI (match_operand:QI 1 "memory_operand" "m") (match_operand:QI 2 "general_operand" "g") (match_operand:SI 3 "general_operand" "g")))] -@@ -1840,63 +1864,66 @@ +@@ -1602,7 +1632,9 @@ + (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) + (pc)))] + "" +- "jgtru %l0") ++ "* ++ OUTPUT_JUMP(\"jgtru %l0\", 0, \"jneq %l0\"); ++ ") + + (define_insn "blt" + [(set (pc) +@@ -1620,7 +1652,9 @@ + (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) + (pc)))] + "" +- "jlssu %l0") ++ "* ++ OUTPUT_JUMP(\"jlssu %l0\", 0, 0); ++ ") + + (define_insn "bge" + [(set (pc) +@@ -1638,7 +1672,9 @@ + (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) + (pc)))] + "" +- "jgequ %l0") ++ "* ++ OUTPUT_JUMP(\"jgequ %l0\", 0, 0); ++ ") + + (define_insn "ble" + [(set (pc) +@@ -1656,10 +1692,12 @@ + (label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")) + (pc)))] + "" +- "jlequ %l0") ++ "* ++ OUTPUT_JUMP(\"jlequ %l0\", NULL, \"jeql %l0\"); ++ ") + + ;; Recognize reversed jumps. +-(define_insn "" ++(define_insn "*rbr" + [(set (pc) + (if_then_else (match_operator 0 "comparison_operator" + [(cc0) +@@ -1667,7 +1705,19 @@ + (pc) + (label_ref (match_operand 1 "" ""))))] + "" +- "j%C0 %l1") ; %C0 negates condition ++ "* ++ if ((cc_status.flags & CC_NO_OVERFLOW) != 0) ++ { ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == LTU ++ || GET_CODE (operands[0]) == GEU) ++ fatal (\"Cannot reverse branch\"); ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == GTU) ++ return \"jeql %l0\"; ++ if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == LEU) ++ return \"jneq %l0\"; ++ } ++ return \"j%C0 %l1\"; /* %C0 negates condition */ ++ ") + + ;; Recognize jbs, jlbs, jbc and jlbc instructions. Note that the operand + ;; of jlbs and jlbc insns are SImode in the hardware. However, if it is +@@ -1840,63 +1890,66 @@ ;; It is used in the call instruction as a byte, but in the addl2 as ;; a word. Since the only time we actually use it in the call instruction ;; is when it is a constant, SImode (for addl2) is the proper mode. @@ -1021,7 +1114,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ ;; Call subroutine returning any type. -@@ -1949,7 +1976,7 @@ +@@ -1949,7 +2002,7 @@ ;; If you are tempted to try `g', please don't--it's not worth ;; the risk we will reopen the same bug. (define_insn "indirect_jump" @@ -1030,7 +1123,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ "" "jmp (%0)") -@@ -2003,7 +2030,7 @@ +@@ -2003,7 +2056,7 @@ (mult:SI (minus:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 0)) (const_int 2))))) @@ -1039,7 +1132,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (pc)))] "" "casel %0,$0,%1") -@@ -2017,7 +2044,7 @@ +@@ -2017,7 +2070,7 @@ ;; because < matches any autodecrement, not just a push. (define_insn "" @@ -1048,7 +1141,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:QI 1 "address_operand" "p"))] "" "* -@@ -2029,7 +2056,7 @@ +@@ -2029,7 +2082,7 @@ }") (define_insn "" @@ -1057,7 +1150,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:HI 1 "address_operand" "p"))] "" "* -@@ -2041,7 +2068,7 @@ +@@ -2041,7 +2094,7 @@ }") (define_insn "" @@ -1066,7 +1159,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:SI 1 "address_operand" "p"))] "" "* -@@ -2053,7 +2080,7 @@ +@@ -2053,7 +2106,7 @@ }") (define_insn "" @@ -1075,7 +1168,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:DI 1 "address_operand" "p"))] "" "* -@@ -2065,7 +2092,7 @@ +@@ -2065,7 +2118,7 @@ }") (define_insn "" @@ -1084,7 +1177,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:SF 1 "address_operand" "p"))] "" "* -@@ -2077,7 +2104,7 @@ +@@ -2077,7 +2130,7 @@ }") (define_insn "" @@ -1093,7 +1186,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (match_operand:DF 1 "address_operand" "p"))] "" "* -@@ -2102,7 +2129,7 @@ +@@ -2102,7 +2155,7 @@ ;; above sequences to before attempting to recognize the new insn. (define_insn "" @@ -1102,7 +1195,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:44 tron Exp $ (and:SI (ashiftrt:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "g") (match_operand:QI 2 "const_int_operand" "n")) (match_operand:SI 3 "const_int_operand" "n")))] -@@ -2124,13 +2151,14 @@ +@@ -2124,13 +2177,14 @@ ;; optimized away. (define_insn "" diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-be b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-be index 749844eded1..ccd21a7f6fd 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-be +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-be @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-be,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:45 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-be,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/elfos.h.orig Wed Apr 12 03:22:51 2000 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/elfos.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/elfos.h.orig 2001/04/23 11:59:20 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/elfos.h 2001/05/03 18:20:47 1.4 @@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ /* Output #ident as a .ident. */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bf b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bf index e5efca4626a..7a06ce2dc91 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bf +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bf,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:45 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bf,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/netbsd.h.orig Wed Dec 16 21:59:58 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/netbsd.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/netbsd.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:07 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/netbsd.h 2001/12/29 20:24:37 1.13 @@ -9,22 +9,22 @@ #undef GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR #define GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR "/usr/include/g++" @@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bf,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:45 tron Exp $ + +/* Provide a STARTFILE_SPEC appropriate for NetBSD a.out. Here we + provide support for the special GCC option -static. */ -+ + +#undef STARTFILE_SPEC +#define STARTFILE_SPEC \ + "%{!shared:%{pg:gcrt0%O%s}%{!pg:%{p:mcrt0%O%s}%{!p:%{!static:crt0%O%s}%{static:scrt0%O%s}}}} %{shared:c++rt0%O%s}" - ++ /* Provide a LINK_SPEC appropriate for NetBSD. Here we provide support for the special GCC options -static, -assert, and -nostdlib. */ @@ -93,9 +93,54 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bf,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:45 tron Exp $ /* This defines which switch letters take arguments. */ #undef SWITCH_TAKES_ARG -@@ -122,88 +147,48 @@ +@@ -121,89 +146,49 @@ + #ifndef ASM_DECLARE_RESULT #define ASM_DECLARE_RESULT(FILE, RESULT) #endif ++ ++/* NetBSD ELF support begins here. */ ++ ++#ifdef NETBSD_ELF ++ ++#undef DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO /* XXX */ ++#undef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO /* XXX */ ++ ++/* Provide a STARTFILE_SPEC appropriate for NetBSD ELF targets. Here we ++ provide support for the special GCC option -static. On ELF targets, ++ we also add the crtbegin.o file which provides part of the support ++ for getting C++ file-scope static objects constructed before entering ++ `main'. */ ++ ++#undef STARTFILE_SPEC ++#define STARTFILE_SPEC \ ++ "%{!shared: \ ++ %{pg:gcrt0%O%s} \ ++ %{!pg: \ ++ %{p:gcrt0%O%s} \ ++ %{!p:crt0%O%s}}} \ ++ %{!shared:crtbegin%O%s} %{shared:crtbeginS%O%s}" ++ ++/* Provide an ENDFILE_SPEC appropriate for NetBSD ELF targets. Here we ++ add crtend.o, which provides part of the support for getting C++ ++ file-scope static objects deconstructed after exiting `main'. */ ++ ++#undef ENDFILE_SPEC ++#define ENDFILE_SPEC \ ++ "%{!shared:crtend%O%s} %{shared:crtendS%O%s}" ++ ++/* Provide a LINK_SPEC appropriate for a NetBSD ELF target. */ ++ ++#undef LINK_SPEC ++#define LINK_SPEC \ ++ "%{assert*} \ ++ %{shared:-shared} \ ++ %{!shared: \ ++ -dc -dp \ ++ %{!nostdlib:%{!r*:%{!e*:-e __start}}} \ ++ %{!static: \ ++ %{rdynamic:-export-dynamic} \ ++ %{!dynamic-linker:-dynamic-linker /usr/libexec/ld.elf_so}} \ ++ %{static:-static}}" -/* These macros generate the special .type and .size directives which - are used to set the corresponding fields of the linker symbol table @@ -182,48 +227,4 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bf,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:45 tron Exp $ - putc ('\n', FILE); \ - } \ - } while (0) -+/* NetBSD ELF support begins here. */ -+ -+#ifdef NETBSD_ELF -+ -+#undef DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO /* XXX */ -+#undef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO /* XXX */ -+ -+/* Provide a STARTFILE_SPEC appropriate for NetBSD ELF targets. Here we -+ provide support for the special GCC option -static. On ELF targets, -+ we also add the crtbegin.o file which provides part of the support -+ for getting C++ file-scope static objects constructed before entering -+ `main'. */ -+ -+#undef STARTFILE_SPEC -+#define STARTFILE_SPEC \ -+ "%{!shared: \ -+ %{pg:gcrt0%O%s} \ -+ %{!pg: \ -+ %{p:gcrt0%O%s} \ -+ %{!p:crt0%O%s}}} \ -+ %{!shared:crtbegin%O%s} %{shared:crtbeginS%O%s}" -+ -+/* Provide an ENDFILE_SPEC appropriate for NetBSD ELF targets. Here we -+ add crtend.o, which provides part of the support for getting C++ -+ file-scope static objects deconstructed after exiting `main'. */ -+ -+#undef ENDFILE_SPEC -+#define ENDFILE_SPEC \ -+ "%{!shared:crtend%O%s} %{shared:crtendS%O%s}" -+ -+/* Provide a LINK_SPEC appropriate for a NetBSD ELF target. */ -+ -+#undef LINK_SPEC -+#define LINK_SPEC \ -+ "%{assert*} \ -+ %{shared:-shared} \ -+ %{!shared: \ -+ -dc -dp \ -+ %{!nostdlib:%{!r*:%{!e*:-e __start}}} \ -+ %{!static: \ -+ %{rdynamic:-export-dynamic} \ -+ %{!dynamic-linker:-dynamic-linker /usr/libexec/ld.elf_so}} \ -+ %{static:-static}}" -+ +#endif /* NETBSD_ELF */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bg b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bg index 42f83099434..ebe9e7a5926 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bg +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bg @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bg,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:45 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bg,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/t-netbsd.orig Wed Dec 16 22:00:12 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/t-netbsd Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/t-netbsd.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:08 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/t-netbsd 2001/05/30 09:02:42 1.3 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -LIBGCC1=libgcc1.null -CROSS_LIBGCC1=libgcc1.null diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bh b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bh index 6fb4add298c..2c33f05f669 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bh +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bh @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bh,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:45 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bh,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/ginclude/va-sparc.h.orig Wed Dec 16 22:19:44 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/ginclude/va-sparc.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/ginclude/va-sparc.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:59 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/ginclude/va-sparc.h 2001/01/30 22:36:39 1.2 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ #ifndef __GNUC_VA_LIST diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bi b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bi index c6364e3edec..39ea2a8a989 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bi +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bi @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bi,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:46 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bi,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/objc/objc-act.c.orig Wed Apr 14 22:28:54 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/objc/objc-act.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/objc/objc-act.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:19:06 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/objc/objc-act.c 2000/08/10 21:06:50 1.2 @@ -8399,8 +8399,11 @@ pushdecl (decl); rest_of_decl_compilation (decl, 0, 0, 0); diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bj b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bj index f247bc49e35..3d7e8aea59a 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bj +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bj @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bj,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:46 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bj,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/objc/objc-parse.c.orig Fri Mar 16 15:13:48 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/objc/objc-parse.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/objc/objc-parse.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:19:06 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/objc/objc-parse.c 2001/03/06 05:21:48 1.2 @@ -1,69 +1,68 @@ /* A Bison parser, made from objc-parse.y @@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bj,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:46 tron Exp $ Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in version 1.24 of Bison. */ - --#ifndef alloca ++ +/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser + when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. + It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser + used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ -+ + +-#ifndef alloca +#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +#ifdef alloca +#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bk b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bk index a36cb48d8f1..9cb456baac6 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bk +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bk @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bk,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:46 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bk,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/ChangeLog.orig Fri Mar 16 13:52:02 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/ChangeLog Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/ChangeLog.orig 2001/04/23 11:57:52 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/ChangeLog 2001/04/23 12:23:26 1.4 @@ -1,3 +1,59 @@ +2001-01-05 matthew green (mrg@eterna.com.au) + diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bl b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bl index 29edfb92b14..d5a7462c319 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bl +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bl,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:46 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bl,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/Makefile.in.orig Thu Jan 25 15:02:58 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/Makefile.in Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/Makefile.in.orig 2001/04/23 11:57:55 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/Makefile.in 2001/12/02 04:10:11 1.4 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ # Selection of languages to be made. # This is overridden by configure. diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bm b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bm index 3aee81a23e6..8964bebf24c 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bm +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bm,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:46 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bm,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-common.c.orig Tue Sep 7 10:11:16 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-common.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-common.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:17:20 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-common.c 2001/01/31 19:58:32 1.5 @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ { "D", 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "2" }, { "g", 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "2O-_0w" }, diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bn b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bn index 8e7978924a2..5cb4279bcb2 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bn +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bn @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bn,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:47 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bn,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-decl.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:02:59 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-decl.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-decl.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:57:59 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-decl.c 2001/04/23 12:23:27 1.4 @@ -811,6 +811,10 @@ warn_traditional = 0; else if (!strcmp (p, "-Wformat")) diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bo b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bo index 8024968adbb..1e9605093a7 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bo +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bo @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bo,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:47 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bo,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-parse.c.orig Tue Apr 27 00:35:53 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-parse.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-parse.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:17:21 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-parse.c 2002/01/30 15:16:06 1.4 @@ -1,69 +1,68 @@ /* A Bison parser, made from c-parse.y diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bp b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bp index 9c1538526d8..f3befb54bbd 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bp +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bp,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:47 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bp,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-parse.h.orig Fri Mar 16 15:13:48 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-parse.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-parse.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:17:22 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/c-parse.h 2002/01/30 15:16:07 1.4 @@ -1,64 +1,64 @@ typedef union {long itype; tree ttype; enum tree_code code; char *filename; int lineno; int ends_in_label; } YYSTYPE; diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bq b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bq index b41d4b08d85..62301daa3f6 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bq +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bq @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bq,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:47 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bq,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/cccp.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:00 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/cccp.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/cccp.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:03 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/cccp.c 2001/08/14 01:13:34 1.2 @@ -2779,7 +2779,8 @@ RECACHE; continue; diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-br b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-br index 21956d885b8..a8b47c7169e 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-br +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-br @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-br,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:47 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-br,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/collect2.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:01 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/collect2.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:54 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/collect2.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:04 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/collect2.c 2001/04/23 12:23:27 1.3 @@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc #define obstack_chunk_free free diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bs b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bs index fc31ed5b246..2752bab74da 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bs +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bs @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/configure.orig Fri Mar 16 15:13:48 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/configure Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/configure.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:06 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/configure 2002/03/24 18:05:57 1.18 @@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ fi @@ -11,6 +11,15 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +@@ -2932,7 +2932,7 @@ + hppa*-*-*) + cpu_type=pa + ;; +- m68000-*-*) ++ m680[01]0-*-*) + cpu_type=m68k + ;; + mips*-*-*) @@ -2944,6 +2944,9 @@ pyramid-*-*) cpu_type=pyr @@ -65,23 +74,25 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ alpha*-dec-osf*) if test x$stabs = xyes then -@@ -3170,11 +3177,11 @@ +@@ -3170,12 +3177,13 @@ tm_file=arm/semiaof.h tmake_file=arm/t-semiaof ;; -+ arm*-*-netbsdelf*) -+ gas=yes gnu_ld=yes -+ ;; - arm*-*-netbsd*) +- arm*-*-netbsd*) - tm_file=arm/netbsd.h -- xm_file="arm/xm-netbsd.h ${xm_file}" ++ arm*-*-netbsdelf*) + xm_file="arm/xm-netbsd.h ${xm_file}" - tmake_file="t-netbsd arm/t-netbsd" - use_collect2=yes -+ gas=yes ++ gas=yes gnu_ld=yes ;; ++ arm*-*-netbsd*) ++ gas=yes ++ ;; arm*-*-linux-gnuaout*) # ARM GNU/Linux with a.out cpu_type=arm -@@ -3568,10 +3575,10 @@ + xmake_file=x-linux +@@ -3568,10 +3576,10 @@ tm_file=i386/freebsd.h tmake_file=t-freebsd ;; @@ -95,24 +106,33 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ;; i[34567]86-*-openbsd*) # we need collect2 until our bug is fixed... -@@ -4372,11 +4379,12 @@ +@@ -4371,12 +4379,21 @@ + tmake_file=m68k/t-lynx extra_headers=math-68881.h float_format=m68k ++ ;; ++ m68*-*-netbsdelf*) ++ case $machine in ++ m68010-*) ++ target_cpu_default="0" ++ ;; ++ *) ++ target_cpu_default="MASK_68020|MASK_68881|MASK_BITFIELD" ++ ;; ++ esac ++ float_format=m68k ++ gas=yes gnu_ld=yes ;; - m68k*-*-netbsd*) - tm_file=m68k/netbsd.h - tmake_file=t-netbsd -+ m68*-*-netbsdelf*) -+ float_format=m68k -+ gas=yes gnu_ld=yes -+ ;; + m68*-*-netbsd*) float_format=m68k - use_collect2=yes ;; m68k*-*-openbsd*) float_format=m68k -@@ -4691,10 +4699,12 @@ +@@ -4691,10 +4708,12 @@ use_collect2=yes fi ;; @@ -129,7 +149,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ;; mips*-*-linux*) # Linux MIPS, either endian. xmake_file=x-linux -@@ -5040,11 +5050,6 @@ +@@ -5040,11 +5059,6 @@ use_collect2=yes ;; ns32k-*-netbsd*) @@ -141,7 +161,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ;; pdp11-*-bsd) tm_file="${tm_file} pdp11/2bsd.h" -@@ -5069,6 +5074,10 @@ +@@ -5069,6 +5083,10 @@ romp-*-openbsd*) # Nothing special ;; @@ -152,7 +172,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ powerpc-*-openbsd*) tmake_file="${tmake_file} rs6000/t-rs6000 rs6000/t-openbsd" ;; -@@ -5311,6 +5320,13 @@ +@@ -5311,6 +5329,13 @@ tm_file=sh/elf.h float_format=sh ;; @@ -166,7 +186,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ sh-*-rtemself*) tmake_file="sh/t-sh t-rtems" tm_file=sh/rtemself.h -@@ -5339,10 +5355,12 @@ +@@ -5339,10 +5364,12 @@ tmake_file=sparc/t-sparcbare tm_file="sparc/aout.h libgloss.h" ;; @@ -182,7 +202,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ;; sparc-*-openbsd*) # we need collect2 until our bug is fixed... -@@ -5532,6 +5550,11 @@ +@@ -5532,6 +5559,11 @@ extra_parts="crtbegin.o crtbeginS.o crtend.o crtendS.o" gnu_ld=yes ;; @@ -194,7 +214,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ # This hasn't been upgraded to GCC 2. # tahoe-harris-*) # Harris tahoe, using COFF. # tm_file=tahoe/harris.h -@@ -5579,10 +5602,8 @@ +@@ -5579,10 +5611,8 @@ float_format=vax ;; vax-*-netbsd*) @@ -206,7 +226,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ;; vax-*-openbsd*) tmake_file="${tmake_file} vax/t-openbsd" -@@ -5873,6 +5894,12 @@ +@@ -5873,6 +5903,12 @@ esac fi @@ -219,7 +239,18 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ # Handle cpp installation. if test x$enable_cpp != xno then -@@ -6062,7 +6089,7 @@ +@@ -5959,8 +5995,8 @@ + /*) realsrcdir=${srcdir};; + *) realsrcdir=../${srcdir};; + esac +- CC=${CC_FOR_BUILD} ${realsrcdir}/configure \ +- --target=$target --host=$build --build=$build ++ CC=${CC_FOR_BUILD} LIBS= ${realsrcdir}/configure \ ++ --target=$target --host=$build --build=$build || exit 1 + + # We just finished tests for the build machine, so rename + # the file auto-build.h in the gcc directory. +@@ -6062,7 +6098,7 @@ echo $ac_n "checking for strerror in -lcposix""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -228,7 +259,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ac_lib_var=`echo cposix'_'strerror | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 -@@ -6070,7 +6097,7 @@ +@@ -6070,7 +6106,7 @@ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-lcposix $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF @@ -237,7 +268,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 -@@ -6081,7 +6108,7 @@ +@@ -6081,7 +6117,7 @@ strerror() ; return 0; } EOF @@ -246,7 +277,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else -@@ -6104,12 +6131,12 @@ +@@ -6104,12 +6140,12 @@ echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -261,7 +292,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" int main() { -@@ -6158,7 +6185,7 @@ +@@ -6158,7 +6194,7 @@ ; return 0; } EOF @@ -270,7 +301,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_c_const=yes else -@@ -6179,21 +6206,21 @@ +@@ -6179,21 +6215,21 @@ fi echo $ac_n "checking for inline""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -295,7 +326,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break else -@@ -6219,12 +6246,12 @@ +@@ -6219,12 +6255,12 @@ esac echo $ac_n "checking for off_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -310,7 +341,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" #include <sys/types.h> #if STDC_HEADERS -@@ -6252,12 +6279,12 @@ +@@ -6252,12 +6288,12 @@ fi echo $ac_n "checking for size_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -325,7 +356,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" #include <sys/types.h> #if STDC_HEADERS -@@ -6287,19 +6314,19 @@ +@@ -6287,19 +6323,19 @@ # The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works # for constant arguments. Useless! echo $ac_n "checking for working alloca.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -348,7 +379,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_alloca_h=yes else -@@ -6320,12 +6347,12 @@ +@@ -6320,12 +6356,12 @@ fi echo $ac_n "checking for alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -363,7 +394,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" #ifdef __GNUC__ -@@ -6353,7 +6380,7 @@ +@@ -6353,7 +6389,7 @@ char *p = (char *) alloca(1); ; return 0; } EOF @@ -372,7 +403,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes else -@@ -6385,12 +6412,12 @@ +@@ -6385,12 +6421,12 @@ echo $ac_n "checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -387,7 +418,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" #if defined(CRAY) && ! defined(CRAY2) webecray -@@ -6415,12 +6442,12 @@ +@@ -6415,12 +6451,12 @@ if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -402,7 +433,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */ -@@ -6443,7 +6470,7 @@ +@@ -6443,7 +6479,7 @@ ; return 0; } EOF @@ -411,7 +442,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else -@@ -6470,7 +6497,7 @@ +@@ -6470,7 +6506,7 @@ fi echo $ac_n "checking stack direction for C alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -420,7 +451,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_stack_direction'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -6478,7 +6505,7 @@ +@@ -6478,7 +6514,7 @@ ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF @@ -429,7 +460,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" find_stack_direction () { -@@ -6497,7 +6524,7 @@ +@@ -6497,7 +6533,7 @@ exit (find_stack_direction() < 0); } EOF @@ -438,7 +469,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ then ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1 else -@@ -6522,17 +6549,17 @@ +@@ -6522,17 +6558,17 @@ do ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -459,7 +490,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* -@@ -6561,12 +6588,12 @@ +@@ -6561,12 +6597,12 @@ for ac_func in getpagesize do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -474,7 +505,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */ -@@ -6589,7 +6616,7 @@ +@@ -6589,7 +6625,7 @@ ; return 0; } EOF @@ -483,7 +514,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else -@@ -6614,7 +6641,7 @@ +@@ -6614,7 +6650,7 @@ done echo $ac_n "checking for working mmap""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -492,7 +523,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -6622,7 +6649,7 @@ +@@ -6622,7 +6658,7 @@ ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no else cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF @@ -501,7 +532,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" /* Thanks to Mike Haertel and Jim Avera for this test. -@@ -6762,7 +6789,7 @@ +@@ -6762,7 +6798,7 @@ } EOF @@ -510,7 +541,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ then ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes else -@@ -6790,17 +6817,17 @@ +@@ -6790,17 +6826,17 @@ do ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -531,7 +562,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* -@@ -6830,12 +6857,12 @@ +@@ -6830,12 +6866,12 @@ strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -546,7 +577,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */ -@@ -6858,7 +6885,7 @@ +@@ -6858,7 +6894,7 @@ ; return 0; } EOF @@ -555,7 +586,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else -@@ -6887,12 +6914,12 @@ +@@ -6887,12 +6923,12 @@ for ac_func in stpcpy do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -570,7 +601,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */ -@@ -6915,7 +6942,7 @@ +@@ -6915,7 +6951,7 @@ ; return 0; } EOF @@ -579,7 +610,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else -@@ -6949,19 +6976,19 @@ +@@ -6949,19 +6985,19 @@ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then echo $ac_n "checking for LC_MESSAGES""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -602,7 +633,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes else -@@ -6982,7 +7009,7 @@ +@@ -6982,7 +7018,7 @@ fi fi echo $ac_n "checking whether NLS is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -611,7 +642,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ # Check whether --enable-nls or --disable-nls was given. if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_nls" -@@ -7002,7 +7029,7 @@ +@@ -7002,7 +7038,7 @@ EOF echo $ac_n "checking whether included gettext is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -620,7 +651,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ # Check whether --with-included-gettext or --without-included-gettext was given. if test "${with_included_gettext+set}" = set; then withval="$with_included_gettext" -@@ -7021,17 +7048,17 @@ +@@ -7021,17 +7057,17 @@ ac_safe=`echo "libintl.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for libintl.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -641,7 +672,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* -@@ -7048,19 +7075,19 @@ +@@ -7048,19 +7084,19 @@ if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for gettext in libc""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -664,7 +695,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes else -@@ -7076,7 +7103,7 @@ +@@ -7076,7 +7112,7 @@ if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then echo $ac_n "checking for bindtextdomain in -lintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -673,7 +704,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ac_lib_var=`echo intl'_'bindtextdomain | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 -@@ -7084,7 +7111,7 @@ +@@ -7084,7 +7120,7 @@ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-lintl $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF @@ -682,7 +713,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 -@@ -7095,7 +7122,7 @@ +@@ -7095,7 +7131,7 @@ bindtextdomain() ; return 0; } EOF @@ -691,7 +722,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else -@@ -7111,12 +7138,12 @@ +@@ -7111,12 +7147,12 @@ if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for gettext in libintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -706,7 +737,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ac_lib_var=`echo intl'_'gettext | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 -@@ -7124,7 +7151,7 @@ +@@ -7124,7 +7160,7 @@ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-lintl $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF @@ -715,7 +746,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 -@@ -7135,7 +7162,7 @@ +@@ -7135,7 +7171,7 @@ gettext() ; return 0; } EOF @@ -724,7 +755,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else -@@ -7174,7 +7201,7 @@ +@@ -7174,7 +7210,7 @@ # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -733,7 +764,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -7208,12 +7235,12 @@ +@@ -7208,12 +7244,12 @@ for ac_func in dcgettext do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -748,7 +779,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */ -@@ -7236,7 +7263,7 @@ +@@ -7236,7 +7272,7 @@ ; return 0; } EOF @@ -757,7 +788,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else -@@ -7263,7 +7290,7 @@ +@@ -7263,7 +7299,7 @@ # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -766,7 +797,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -7299,7 +7326,7 @@ +@@ -7299,7 +7335,7 @@ # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -775,7 +806,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -7331,7 +7358,7 @@ +@@ -7331,7 +7367,7 @@ fi cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF @@ -784,7 +815,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" int main() { -@@ -7339,7 +7366,7 @@ +@@ -7339,7 +7375,7 @@ return _nl_msg_cat_cntr ; return 0; } EOF @@ -793,7 +824,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* CATOBJEXT=.gmo DATADIRNAME=share -@@ -7362,7 +7389,7 @@ +@@ -7362,7 +7398,7 @@ if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then echo $ac_n "checking whether catgets can be used""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -802,7 +833,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ # Check whether --with-catgets or --without-catgets was given. if test "${with_catgets+set}" = set; then withval="$with_catgets" -@@ -7375,7 +7402,7 @@ +@@ -7375,7 +7411,7 @@ if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then echo $ac_n "checking for main in -li""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -811,7 +842,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ac_lib_var=`echo i'_'main | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 -@@ -7383,14 +7410,14 @@ +@@ -7383,14 +7419,14 @@ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-li $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF @@ -828,7 +859,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else -@@ -7418,12 +7445,12 @@ +@@ -7418,12 +7454,12 @@ fi echo $ac_n "checking for catgets""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -843,7 +874,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ #include "confdefs.h" /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char catgets(); below. */ -@@ -7446,7 +7473,7 @@ +@@ -7446,7 +7482,7 @@ ; return 0; } EOF @@ -852,7 +883,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_catgets=yes" else -@@ -7468,7 +7495,7 @@ +@@ -7468,7 +7504,7 @@ # Extract the first word of "gencat", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gencat; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -861,7 +892,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GENCAT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -7504,7 +7531,7 @@ +@@ -7504,7 +7540,7 @@ # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -870,7 +901,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -7541,7 +7568,7 @@ +@@ -7541,7 +7577,7 @@ # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -879,7 +910,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -7576,7 +7603,7 @@ +@@ -7576,7 +7612,7 @@ # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -888,7 +919,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -7634,7 +7661,7 @@ +@@ -7634,7 +7670,7 @@ # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -897,7 +928,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -7668,7 +7695,7 @@ +@@ -7668,7 +7704,7 @@ # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -906,7 +937,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -7704,7 +7731,7 @@ +@@ -7704,7 +7740,7 @@ # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -915,7 +946,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else -@@ -7797,7 +7824,7 @@ +@@ -7797,7 +7833,7 @@ LINGUAS= else echo $ac_n "checking for catalogs to be installed""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -924,7 +955,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ NEW_LINGUAS= for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in -@@ -7825,17 +7852,17 @@ +@@ -7825,17 +7861,17 @@ if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then ac_safe=`echo "linux/version.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for linux/version.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -945,7 +976,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* -@@ -8069,7 +8096,7 @@ +@@ -8069,7 +8105,7 @@ # Figure out what assembler alignment features are present. echo $ac_n "checking assembler alignment features""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -954,7 +985,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ gcc_cv_as= gcc_cv_as_alignment_features= gcc_cv_as_gas_srcdir=`echo $srcdir | sed -e 's,/gcc$,,'`/gas -@@ -8190,7 +8217,7 @@ +@@ -8190,7 +8226,7 @@ echo "$ac_t""$gcc_cv_as_alignment_features" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking assembler subsection support""... $ac_c" 1>&6 @@ -963,7 +994,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bs,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ gcc_cv_as_subsections= if test x$gcc_cv_as != x; then # Check if we have .subsection -@@ -8230,7 +8257,7 @@ +@@ -8230,7 +8266,7 @@ echo "$ac_t""$gcc_cv_as_subsections" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking assembler instructions""... $ac_c" 1>&6 diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bt b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bt index e7068c7dd77..71b4b726551 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bt +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bt @@ -1,8 +1,19 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/configure.in.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:02 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/configure.in Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 -@@ -510,6 +510,9 @@ +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/configure.in.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:07 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/configure.in 2002/03/24 18:05:57 1.18 +@@ -498,7 +498,9 @@ + hppa*-*-*) + cpu_type=pa + ;; +- m68000-*-*) ++changequote(,)dnl ++ m680[01]0-*-*) ++changequote([,])dnl + cpu_type=m68k + ;; + mips*-*-*) +@@ -510,6 +512,9 @@ pyramid-*-*) cpu_type=pyr ;; @@ -12,7 +23,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ sparc*-*-*) cpu_type=sparc ;; -@@ -518,11 +521,20 @@ +@@ -518,11 +523,20 @@ tm_file=${cpu_type}/${cpu_type}.h xm_file=${cpu_type}/xm-${cpu_type}.h @@ -34,7 +45,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ *-*-openbsd*) tm_file=${cpu_type}/openbsd.h tmake_file="t-libc-ok t-openbsd" -@@ -626,20 +638,15 @@ +@@ -626,20 +640,15 @@ fi ;; alpha*-*-netbsd*) @@ -56,23 +67,24 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ alpha*-dec-osf*) if test x$stabs = xyes then -@@ -742,11 +749,11 @@ +@@ -742,11 +751,12 @@ tm_file=arm/semiaof.h tmake_file=arm/t-semiaof ;; -+ arm*-*-netbsdelf*) -+ gas=yes gnu_ld=yes -+ ;; - arm*-*-netbsd*) +- arm*-*-netbsd*) - tm_file=arm/netbsd.h -- xm_file="arm/xm-netbsd.h ${xm_file}" ++ arm*-*-netbsdelf*) + xm_file="arm/xm-netbsd.h ${xm_file}" - tmake_file="t-netbsd arm/t-netbsd" - use_collect2=yes ++ gas=yes gnu_ld=yes ++ ;; ++ arm*-*-netbsd*) + gas=yes ;; arm*-*-linux-gnuaout*) # ARM GNU/Linux with a.out cpu_type=arm -@@ -1171,11 +1178,13 @@ +@@ -1171,11 +1181,13 @@ tmake_file=t-freebsd ;; changequote(,)dnl @@ -89,24 +101,33 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ;; changequote(,)dnl i[34567]86-*-openbsd*) -@@ -2044,11 +2053,12 @@ +@@ -2043,12 +2055,21 @@ + tmake_file=m68k/t-lynx extra_headers=math-68881.h float_format=m68k ++ ;; ++ m68*-*-netbsdelf*) ++ case $machine in ++ m68010-*) ++ target_cpu_default="0" ++ ;; ++ *) ++ target_cpu_default="MASK_68020|MASK_68881|MASK_BITFIELD" ++ ;; ++ esac ++ float_format=m68k ++ gas=yes gnu_ld=yes ;; - m68k*-*-netbsd*) - tm_file=m68k/netbsd.h - tmake_file=t-netbsd -+ m68*-*-netbsdelf*) -+ float_format=m68k -+ gas=yes gnu_ld=yes -+ ;; + m68*-*-netbsd*) float_format=m68k - use_collect2=yes ;; m68k*-*-openbsd*) float_format=m68k -@@ -2363,10 +2373,12 @@ +@@ -2363,10 +2384,12 @@ use_collect2=yes fi ;; @@ -123,7 +144,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ;; mips*-*-linux*) # Linux MIPS, either endian. xmake_file=x-linux -@@ -2724,11 +2736,6 @@ +@@ -2724,11 +2747,6 @@ use_collect2=yes ;; ns32k-*-netbsd*) @@ -135,7 +156,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ;; pdp11-*-bsd) tm_file="${tm_file} pdp11/2bsd.h" -@@ -2753,6 +2760,10 @@ +@@ -2753,6 +2771,10 @@ romp-*-openbsd*) # Nothing special ;; @@ -146,7 +167,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ powerpc-*-openbsd*) tmake_file="${tmake_file} rs6000/t-rs6000 rs6000/t-openbsd" ;; -@@ -3005,6 +3016,13 @@ +@@ -3005,6 +3027,13 @@ tm_file=sh/elf.h float_format=sh ;; @@ -160,7 +181,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ sh-*-rtemself*) tmake_file="sh/t-sh t-rtems" tm_file=sh/rtemself.h -@@ -3033,10 +3051,12 @@ +@@ -3033,10 +3062,12 @@ tmake_file=sparc/t-sparcbare tm_file="sparc/aout.h libgloss.h" ;; @@ -176,7 +197,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ;; sparc-*-openbsd*) # we need collect2 until our bug is fixed... -@@ -3228,6 +3248,11 @@ +@@ -3228,6 +3259,11 @@ extra_parts="crtbegin.o crtbeginS.o crtend.o crtendS.o" gnu_ld=yes ;; @@ -188,7 +209,7 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ # This hasn't been upgraded to GCC 2. # tahoe-harris-*) # Harris tahoe, using COFF. # tm_file=tahoe/harris.h -@@ -3275,10 +3300,8 @@ +@@ -3275,10 +3311,8 @@ float_format=vax ;; vax-*-netbsd*) @@ -200,16 +221,27 @@ $NetBSD: patch-bt,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ ;; vax-*-openbsd*) tmake_file="${tmake_file} vax/t-openbsd" -@@ -3568,6 +3591,12 @@ - enable_haifa=yes;; +@@ -3569,6 +3603,12 @@ esac fi -+ + +case $target in + alpha*|sparc64*) + build_xm_file="${build_xm_file} xm-target64.h" + host_xm_file="${host_xm_file} xm-target64.h";; +esac - ++ # Handle cpp installation. if test x$enable_cpp != xno + then +@@ -3655,8 +3695,8 @@ + /*) realsrcdir=${srcdir};; + *) realsrcdir=../${srcdir};; + esac +- CC=${CC_FOR_BUILD} ${realsrcdir}/configure \ +- --target=$target --host=$build --build=$build ++ CC=${CC_FOR_BUILD} LIBS= ${realsrcdir}/configure \ ++ --target=$target --host=$build --build=$build || exit 1 + + # We just finished tests for the build machine, so rename + # the file auto-build.h in the gcc directory. diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bu b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bu index 0002d4bb883..3b8e5432865 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bu +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bu @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bu,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bu,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/cppspec.c.orig Tue May 18 01:37:16 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/cppspec.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/cppspec.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:17:25 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/cppspec.c 2001/08/14 13:46:14 1.2 @@ -85,7 +85,11 @@ int need_E = 1; diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bv b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bv index 9426c44fe21..464aa688558 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bv +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bv @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bv,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:48 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bv,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/dwarf2out.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:03 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/dwarf2out.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/dwarf2out.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:11 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/dwarf2out.c 2001/12/07 02:40:36 1.2 @@ -1801,6 +1801,7 @@ } fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bw b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bw index e3399334427..382ea33941e 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bw +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bw @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bw,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:49 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bw,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/emit-rtl.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:06 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/emit-rtl.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/emit-rtl.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:12 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/emit-rtl.c 2001/04/23 12:23:27 1.3 @@ -1382,6 +1382,15 @@ val = ((val & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; return GEN_INT (val); diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bx b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bx index e45f3c241f1..ffc60b92977 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bx +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bx,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:49 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bx,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/frame.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:15 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/frame.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/frame.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:18 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/frame.c 2001/12/07 02:41:13 1.3 @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ #ifndef inhibit_libc /* fixproto guarantees these system headers exist. */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-by b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-by index c697cc77d77..c9082935738 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-by +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-by @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-by,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:49 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-by,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/gcc.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:16 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/gcc.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/gcc.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:19 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/gcc.c 2001/08/14 13:36:10 1.2 @@ -3057,6 +3057,7 @@ (such as cpp) rather than those of the host system. */ /* Use 2 as fourth arg meaning try just the machine as a suffix, diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bz b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bz index 65a35a9be89..5e58c32c39e 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bz +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-bz @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-bz,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:49 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-bz,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/libgcc2.c.orig Fri Jun 11 05:11:43 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/libgcc2.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/libgcc2.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:17:35 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/libgcc2.c 2001/10/05 07:04:04 1.2 @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ #ifndef inhibit_libc /* fixproto guarantees these system headers exist. */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ca b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ca index ab715765be7..88697a5cabc 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ca +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ca @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ca,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:49 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ca,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/loop.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:18 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/loop.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/loop.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:27 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/loop.c 2001/12/06 18:50:34 1.2 @@ -4103,11 +4103,11 @@ in-between when biv_toal_increment returns nonzero both times but we test it here in case some day some real cfg analysis diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cb b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cb index 356c125e835..db48d859cb8 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cb +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cb @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-cb,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:49 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-cb,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/reload1.c.orig Thu Jan 25 15:03:21 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/reload1.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/reload1.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:33 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/reload1.c 2001/06/01 02:42:26 1.2 @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ /* Get the operand values and constraints out of the insn. */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cc b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cc index 1ae92d06cbe..9ec7529d563 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cc +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cc @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-cc,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:50 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-cc,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/tm.texi.orig Mon May 31 04:56:15 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/tm.texi Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/tm.texi.orig 2000/07/26 00:17:43 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/tm.texi 2001/03/06 05:21:47 1.2 @@ -5598,6 +5598,15 @@ If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cd b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cd index 65dc5bb6c6b..0598dede954 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cd +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cd @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-cd,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:50 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-cd,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/varasm.c.orig Mon Feb 19 15:02:02 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/varasm.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/varasm.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:40 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/varasm.c 2001/04/23 12:23:27 1.3 @@ -706,6 +706,9 @@ { /* Make this register global, so not usable for anything diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ce b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ce index 57dc7d132a2..7452a2c2a15 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ce +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ce @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ce,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:50 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ce,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/version.c.orig Fri Mar 16 13:52:12 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/version.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/version.c.orig 2001/04/23 11:58:41 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/version.c 2001/12/19 21:32:51 1.2 @@ -1 +1 @@ -char *version_string = "2.95.3 20010315 (release)"; +char *version_string = "2.95.3 20010315 (release) (NetBSD nb1)"; diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cf b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cf index 9a303c18a4d..771a723bf16 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cf +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-cf,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:50 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-cf,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/libf2c/libU77/hostnm_.c.orig Mon Apr 27 12:11:57 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libf2c/libU77/hostnm_.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/libf2c/libU77/hostnm_.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:19:25 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libf2c/libU77/hostnm_.c 2001/05/30 07:02:39 1.2 @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ #if HAVE_GETHOSTNAME diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cg b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cg index ba69a9afd9f..93fbeb08830 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cg +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cg @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-cg,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:50 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-cg,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:54 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/libio/Makefile.in.orig Fri Apr 2 16:17:44 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libio/Makefile.in Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/libio/Makefile.in.orig 2000/07/26 00:19:30 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libio/Makefile.in 2001/12/19 21:32:50 1.2 @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ srcdir = . diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ch b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ch index 71af7f9ca07..84151baaf69 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ch +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ch @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ch,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:50 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ch,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:55 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/libio/iopopen.c.orig Mon Apr 12 20:27:50 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libio/iopopen.c Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/libio/iopopen.c.orig 2000/07/26 00:19:32 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libio/iopopen.c 2001/07/26 17:18:39 1.2 @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #ifdef __STDC__ #include <stdlib.h> diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ci b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ci index 456188b59b5..498894658fc 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ci +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ci @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ci,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:51 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ci,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:55 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/libobjc/objc/runtime.h.orig Wed Sep 30 10:17:56 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libobjc/objc/runtime.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/libobjc/objc/runtime.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:19:41 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libobjc/objc/runtime.h 2001/01/31 15:22:51 1.2 @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ #include <stdarg.h> /* for varargs and va_list's */ diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cj b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cj index 7cfe579aaca..5a1cfd9391d 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cj +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cj @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-cj,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:51 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-cj,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:55 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/libobjc/Object.m.orig Mon Sep 21 03:22:06 1998 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libobjc/Object.m Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/libobjc/Object.m.orig 2000/07/26 00:19:39 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libobjc/Object.m 2001/10/05 07:38:22 1.2 @@ -320,9 +320,8 @@ object_get_class_name(self), sel_get_name(aSel)]; } diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ck b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ck index 470eea9c84e..1fff201aacf 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ck +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-ck @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-ck,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:51 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-ck,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:55 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/libstdc++/stl/stl_alloc.h.orig Fri May 7 12:13:28 1999 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libstdc++/stl/stl_alloc.h Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/libstdc++/stl/stl_alloc.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:19:47 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libstdc++/stl/stl_alloc.h 2001/05/30 10:51:55 1.2 @@ -1050,6 +1050,12 @@ #undef __PRIVATE diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cl b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cl index 1f9b76117d7..18968d2125c 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cl +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-cl,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:51 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-cl,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:55 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/libstdc++/Makefile.in.orig Mon Apr 24 19:34:25 2000 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libstdc++/Makefile.in Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/libstdc++/Makefile.in.orig 2001/04/23 12:02:01 1.1.1.2 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/libstdc++/Makefile.in 2001/12/19 21:32:50 1.2 @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ # along with this library; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free # Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cm b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cm index c154a251718..28eb62f5dee 100644 --- a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cm +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -$NetBSD: patch-cm,v 1.1 2002/01/03 20:40:51 tron Exp $ +$NetBSD: patch-cm,v 1.2 2002/03/28 10:11:55 jmc Exp $ ---- ../gcc-2.95.3/texinfo/configure.orig Fri Mar 16 15:13:47 2001 -+++ ../gcc-2.95.3/texinfo/configure Thu Jan 3 20:37:55 2002 +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/texinfo/configure.orig 2000/07/26 00:19:50 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/texinfo/configure 2001/12/19 21:32:50 1.2 @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ PACKAGE=texinfo diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cn b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cn new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f2a5aaede8e --- /dev/null +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cn @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +$NetBSD: patch-cn,v 1.3 2002/03/28 10:11:55 jmc Exp $ + +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/xm-netbsd.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:17 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/arm/xm-netbsd.h 2002/03/24 18:05:58 1.3 +@@ -1,5 +1,27 @@ +-/* Configuration for GCC for ARM running NetBSD as host. */ ++/* Configuration for GCC for ARM running NetBSD. ++ Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ Contributed by Wasabi Systems, Inc. + +-#ifndef SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED +-#define SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED ++This file is part of GNU CC. ++ ++GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ++it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ++the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ++any later version. ++ ++GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ++GNU General Public License for more details. ++ ++You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ++along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to ++the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, ++Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ ++ ++/* ARM ELF uses packed enums, so we need to make sure bitfields ++ that use them are ints, so that the bitfield doesn't exceed ++ the width of the type. */ ++#ifndef ONLY_INT_FIELDS ++#define ONLY_INT_FIELDS + #endif diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-co b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-co new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..54e74755a95 --- /dev/null +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-co @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +$NetBSD: patch-co,v 1.1 2002/03/28 10:11:55 jmc Exp $ + +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/mips/mips.h.orig 2000/07/26 00:18:38 1.1.1.1 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/gcc/config/mips/mips.h 2002/01/04 05:29:39 1.2 +@@ -2606,18 +2606,16 @@ + { \ + if (TARGET_MIPS16) \ + sorry ("mips16 function profiling"); \ +- fprintf (FILE, "\t.set\tnoreorder\n"); \ + fprintf (FILE, "\t.set\tnoat\n"); \ + fprintf (FILE, "\tmove\t%s,%s\t\t# save current return address\n", \ + reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 1], reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 31]); \ +- fprintf (FILE, "\tjal\t_mcount\n"); \ + fprintf (FILE, \ + "\t%s\t%s,%s,%d\t\t# _mcount pops 2 words from stack\n", \ + TARGET_64BIT ? "dsubu" : "subu", \ + reg_names[STACK_POINTER_REGNUM], \ + reg_names[STACK_POINTER_REGNUM], \ + Pmode == DImode ? 16 : 8); \ +- fprintf (FILE, "\t.set\treorder\n"); \ ++ fprintf (FILE, "\tjal\t_mcount\n"); \ + fprintf (FILE, "\t.set\tat\n"); \ + } + diff --git a/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cp b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..647c0ce7170 --- /dev/null +++ b/lang/gcc/patches/patch-cp @@ -0,0 +1,5093 @@ +$NetBSD$ + +--- ../gcc-2.95.3/texinfo/texinfo.tex.orig 2001/04/23 12:02:20 1.1.1.3 ++++ ../gcc-2.95.3/texinfo/texinfo.tex 2001/08/14 03:01:31 1.1.1.4 +@@ -1,52 +1,72 @@ +-%% TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. +-%% $Id: texinfo.tex,v 1.2 1998/03/24 17:58:28 law Exp $ +- +-% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, +-% 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +- +-%This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +-%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +-%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at +-%your option) any later version. +- +-%This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be +-%useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty +-%of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +-%General Public License for more details. +- +-%You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +-%along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write +-%to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +-%Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +- +- +-%In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. +-%You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve +-%what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +- +- +-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu. +-% Please include a *precise* test case in each bug report. +- +- +-% Make it possible to create a .fmt file just by loading this file: +-% if the underlying format is not loaded, start by loading it now. +-% Added by gildea November 1993. ++% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. ++% ++% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. + \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi ++% ++\def\texinfoversion{2000-05-28.15} ++% ++% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 ++% Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++% ++% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as ++% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at ++% your option) any later version. ++% ++% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be ++% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty ++% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++% General Public License for more details. ++% ++% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ++% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write ++% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, ++% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. ++% ++% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. ++% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve ++% what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! ++% ++% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug ++% reports; you can get the latest version from: ++% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex ++% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html) ++% ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex ++% ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex ++% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list). ++% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. ++% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out ++% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. ++% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/. ++% ++% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a ++% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the ++% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. ++% ++% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the ++% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple ++% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: ++% tex foo.texi ++% texindex foo.?? ++% tex foo.texi ++% tex foo.texi ++% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps. ++% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct. ++% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more ++% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. ++% ++% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get ++% the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/. + +-% This automatically updates the version number based on RCS. +-\def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}} +-\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 1.2 $ +-\message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:} ++\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} + + % If in a .fmt file, print the version number + % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because + % they might have appeared in the input file name. +-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}\message{} ++\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% + \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} + + % Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. +- + \let\ptexb=\b + \let\ptexbullet=\bullet + \let\ptexc=\c +@@ -54,25 +74,17 @@ + \let\ptexdot=\. + \let\ptexdots=\dots + \let\ptexend=\end +-\let\ptexequiv = \equiv ++\let\ptexequiv=\equiv ++\let\ptexexclam=\! + \let\ptexi=\i + \let\ptexlbrace=\{ + \let\ptexrbrace=\} + \let\ptexstar=\* + \let\ptext=\t + +-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space +-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space +-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and +-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the +-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. +-{\catcode`@ = 11 +- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble +- % if the definition is written into an index file. +- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M +- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } +-} +- ++% We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo. ++% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. ++\let\+ = \relax + + \message{Basics,} + \chardef\other=12 +@@ -81,18 +93,47 @@ + % starts a new line in the output. + \newlinechar = `^^J + +-% Set up fixed words for English. +-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined{\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}}\fi% +-\def\putwordInfo{Info}% +-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined{\gdef\putwordSee{See}}\fi% +-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined{\gdef\putwordsee{see}}\fi% +-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined{\gdef\putwordfile{file}}\fi% +-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined{\gdef\putwordpage{page}}\fi% +-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined{\gdef\putwordsection{section}}\fi% +-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined{\gdef\putwordSection{Section}}\fi% +-\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}}\fi% +-\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}}\fi% +-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined{\gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}}\fi% ++% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. ++\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi ++\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi ++\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi ++\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi ++\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi ++\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi ++\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi ++\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi ++\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi ++\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi ++\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi ++\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi ++\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi ++\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi ++\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi ++\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi ++\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi ++\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi ++% ++\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi ++\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi ++% ++\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi ++\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi ++\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi ++\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi ++\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi ++\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi ++\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi + + % Ignore a token. + % +@@ -113,30 +154,35 @@ + % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. + % + \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% ++\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined + \def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2 + \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 + \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 + \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen + }% ++\else ++\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands3 \tracingstats2 ++ \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 ++ \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 ++ \tracingscantokens1 \tracingassigns1 \tracingifs1 ++ \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2 ++ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen ++}% ++\fi + + % For @cropmarks command. + % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. +-% ++% + \newif\ifcropmarks + \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue + % + % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. + % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 + % +-\newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick +-\newdimen\topandbottommargin +-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize +-\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt % These set size of cropmarks +-\outerhsize=7in +-%\outervsize=9.5in +-% Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in +-\outervsize=9.25in +-\topandbottommargin=.75in ++\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines ++\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc ++\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt ++\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in + + % Main output routine. + \chardef\PAGE = 255 +@@ -168,15 +214,21 @@ + \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if + % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. + \shipout\vbox{% ++ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. ++ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi ++ % + \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup + \hsize = \outerhsize +- \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% +- \nointerlineskip +- \line{% +- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% +- \hfill +- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% +- }% ++ \vskip-\topandbottommargin ++ \vtop to0pt{% ++ \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% ++ \nointerlineskip ++ \line{% ++ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% ++ \hfill ++ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% ++ }% ++ \vss}% + \vskip\topandbottommargin + \line\bgroup + \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. +@@ -199,13 +251,15 @@ + \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup + \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill + \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick +- \line{% +- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% +- \hfill +- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% ++ \vbox to0pt{\vss ++ \line{% ++ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% ++ \hfill ++ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% ++ }% ++ \nointerlineskip ++ \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% + }% +- \nointerlineskip +- \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% + \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause + \fi + }% end of \shipout\vbox +@@ -321,11 +375,11 @@ + %% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) + \newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} + \def\ENVcheck{% +-\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment. Type Return to continue.} ++\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue} + \endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage + + % @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. +-\newhelp\EMsimple{Type <Return> to continue.} ++\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} + + \outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} + +@@ -384,7 +438,7 @@ + + % @@ prints an @ + % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). +-\def\@{{\tt \char '100}} ++\def\@{{\tt\char64}} + + % This is turned off because it was never documented + % and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. +@@ -394,8 +448,8 @@ + %\def\'{{'}} + + % Used to generate quoted braces. +-\def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}} +-\def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}} ++\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} ++\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} + \let\{=\mylbrace + \let\}=\myrbrace + \begingroup +@@ -432,6 +486,18 @@ + \fi\fi + } + ++% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space ++% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space ++% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and ++% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the ++% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. ++{\catcode`@ = 11 ++ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble ++ % if the definition is written into an index file. ++ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M ++ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } ++} ++ + % @: forces normal size whitespace following. + \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } + +@@ -441,14 +507,11 @@ + % @. is an end-of-sentence period. + \def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } + +-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +-\gdef\enddots{$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\spacefactor=3000} +- + % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. +-\gdef\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } ++\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } + + % @? is an end-of-sentence query. +-\gdef\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } ++\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } + + % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the + % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would +@@ -532,53 +595,81 @@ + %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally + %% if the depth of the box does not fit. + %{\baselineskip=0pt% +-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\penalty 10000 ++%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak + %\prevdepth=-1000pt + %}} + + \def\needx#1{% +- % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a ++ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % paragraph. + \par + % +- % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page +- % break, since the best break might be right here. +- \allowbreak +- \nointerlineskip +- \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}% +- % +- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the +- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the +- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider +- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the +- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. +- % +- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the +- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in +- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which +- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing +- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an +- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real +- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. +- \penalty9999 +- % +- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. +- \kern -#1\mil +- % +- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. +- \nobreak ++ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. ++ \dimen0 = #1\mil ++ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox ++ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox ++ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 ++ % ++ % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the ++ % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. ++ % And a page break here is fine. ++ \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% ++ % ++ % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the ++ % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the ++ % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider ++ % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the ++ % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. ++ % ++ % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the ++ % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in ++ % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which ++ % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing ++ % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an ++ % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real ++ % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. ++ \penalty9999 ++ % ++ % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. ++ \kern -#1\mil ++ % ++ % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. ++ \nobreak ++ \fi + } + + % @br forces paragraph break + + \let\br = \par ++ ++% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font. ++% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter ++% font as three actual period characters. ++% ++\def\dots{% ++ \leavevmode ++ \hbox to 1.5em{% ++ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil ++ .\hss.\hss.% ++ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil ++ }% ++} + +-% @dots{} output some dots ++% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. ++% ++\def\enddots{% ++ \leavevmode ++ \hbox to 2em{% ++ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil ++ .\hss.\hss.\hss.% ++ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil ++ }% ++ \spacefactor=3000 ++} + +-\def\dots{$\ldots$} + + % @page forces the start of a new page +- ++% + \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} + + % @exdent text.... +@@ -645,420 +736,296 @@ + % @c is the same as @comment + % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment + +-\def\comment{\catcode 64=\other \catcode 123=\other \catcode 125=\other% +-\parsearg \commentxxx} ++\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% ++\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% ++\commentxxx} ++{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} + +-\def\commentxxx #1{\catcode 64=0 \catcode 123=1 \catcode 125=2 } +- + \let\c=\comment +- +-% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only. +-\let\paragraphindent=\comment + +-% Prevent errors for section commands. +-% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. +-\def\ignoresections{% +-\let\chapter=\relax +-\let\unnumbered=\relax +-\let\top=\relax +-\let\unnumberedsec=\relax +-\let\unnumberedsection=\relax +-\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax +-\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax +-\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax +-\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax +-\let\section=\relax +-\let\subsec=\relax +-\let\subsubsec=\relax +-\let\subsection=\relax +-\let\subsubsection=\relax +-\let\appendix=\relax +-\let\appendixsec=\relax +-\let\appendixsection=\relax +-\let\appendixsubsec=\relax +-\let\appendixsubsection=\relax +-\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax +-\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax +-\let\contents=\relax +-\let\smallbook=\relax +-\let\titlepage=\relax ++% @paragraphindent NCHARS ++% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. ++% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though. ++% ++\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords ++\def\noneword{none} ++% ++\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent} ++\def\doparagraphindent#1{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \ifx\temp\asisword ++ \else ++ \ifx\temp\noneword ++ \defaultparindent = 0pt ++ \else ++ \defaultparindent = #1em ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \parindent = \defaultparindent + } + +-% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source +-% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used +-% incorrectly. +-% +-\def\ignoremorecommands{% +- \let\defcodeindex = \relax +- \let\defcv = \relax +- \let\deffn = \relax +- \let\deffnx = \relax +- \let\defindex = \relax +- \let\defivar = \relax +- \let\defmac = \relax +- \let\defmethod = \relax +- \let\defop = \relax +- \let\defopt = \relax +- \let\defspec = \relax +- \let\deftp = \relax +- \let\deftypefn = \relax +- \let\deftypefun = \relax +- \let\deftypevar = \relax +- \let\deftypevr = \relax +- \let\defun = \relax +- \let\defvar = \relax +- \let\defvr = \relax +- \let\ref = \relax +- \let\xref = \relax +- \let\printindex = \relax +- \let\pxref = \relax +- \let\settitle = \relax +- \let\setchapternewpage = \relax +- \let\setchapterstyle = \relax +- \let\everyheading = \relax +- \let\evenheading = \relax +- \let\oddheading = \relax +- \let\everyfooting = \relax +- \let\evenfooting = \relax +- \let\oddfooting = \relax +- \let\headings = \relax +- \let\include = \relax +- \let\lowersections = \relax +- \let\down = \relax +- \let\raisesections = \relax +- \let\up = \relax +- \let\set = \relax +- \let\clear = \relax +- \let\item = \relax ++% @exampleindent NCHARS ++% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. ++% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but ++% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. ++\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent} ++\def\doexampleindent#1{% ++ \def\temp{#1}% ++ \ifx\temp\asisword ++ \else ++ \ifx\temp\noneword ++ \lispnarrowing = 0pt ++ \else ++ \lispnarrowing = #1em ++ \fi ++ \fi + } + +-% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. ++% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. + % +-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} ++\def\asis#1{#1} + +-% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. ++% @math means output in math mode. ++% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control ++% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, ++% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they ++% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a ++% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. + % +-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} +-\def\html{\doignore{html}} +-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} +- +-% Also ignore @macro ... @end macro. The user must run texi2dvi, +-% which runs makeinfo to do macro expansion. Ignore @unmacro, too. +-\def\macro{\doignore{macro}} +-\let\unmacro = \comment ++% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it ++% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. ++% ++\let\implicitmath = $ ++\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} + ++% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. ++\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} ++\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} + +-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +-\let\dircategory = \comment ++% @refill is a no-op. ++\let\refill=\relax + +-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. ++% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to ++% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. ++% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). + % +-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup +- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. +- \ignoresections +- % +- % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. +- \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}% +- % +- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. +- \catcode32 = 10 +- % +- % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. +- \catcode`\{ = 9 +- \catcode`\} = 9 +- % +- % And now expand that command. +- \doignoretext ++\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. ++\let\novalidate = \linksfalse ++ ++% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. ++% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. ++% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. ++\def\setfilename{% ++ \iflinks ++ \readauxfile ++ \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. ++ \openindices ++ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. ++ \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. ++ % ++ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. ++ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. ++ % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. ++ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf ++ \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi ++ \closein1 ++ \temp ++ % ++ \comment % Ignore the actual filename. + } + +-% What we do to finish off ignored text. ++% Called from \setfilename. + % +-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% ++\def\openindices{% ++ \newindex{cp}% ++ \newcodeindex{fn}% ++ \newcodeindex{vr}% ++ \newcodeindex{tp}% ++ \newcodeindex{ky}% ++ \newcodeindex{pg}% ++} + +-\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse +-\def\obstexwarn{% +- \ifwarnedobs\relax\else +- % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. +- % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. +- \immediate\write16{} +- \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} +- \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} +- \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} +- \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} +- \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} +- \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} +- \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} +- \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} +- \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} +- \immediate\write16{} +- \global\warnedobstrue ++% @bye. ++\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} ++ ++ ++\message{pdf,} ++% adobe `portable' document format ++\newcount\tempnum ++\newcount\lnkcount ++\newtoks\filename ++\newcount\filenamelength ++\newcount\pgn ++\newtoks\toksA ++\newtoks\toksB ++\newtoks\toksC ++\newtoks\toksD ++\newbox\boxA ++\newcount\countA ++\newif\ifpdf ++\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest ++ ++\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined ++ \pdffalse ++ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble ++ \let\pdfurl = \gobble ++ \let\endlink = \relax ++ \let\linkcolor = \relax ++ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax ++\else ++ \pdftrue ++ \pdfoutput = 1 ++ \input pdfcolor ++ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% ++ \def\imagewidth{#2}% ++ \def\imageheight{#3}% ++ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 ++ \pdfimage ++ \else ++ \pdfximage + \fi +-} ++ \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi ++ \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi ++ {#1.pdf}% ++ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else ++ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage ++ \fi} ++ \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1@} xyz} ++ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@} ++ \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? ++ \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} ++ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines ++ % come from Petr Olsak ++ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% ++ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} ++ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax ++ \advance\tempnum by1 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} ++ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{% ++ \openin 1 \jobname.toc ++ \ifeof 1\else\bgroup ++ \closein 1 ++ \indexnofonts ++ \def\tt{} ++ \let\_ = \normalunderscore ++ % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks ++ \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace ++ \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace ++ % ++ \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{} ++ \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{} ++ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}} ++ \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} ++ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}} ++ \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} ++ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}} ++ \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} ++ \input \jobname.toc ++ \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{% ++ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}} ++ \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{% ++ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} ++ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{% ++ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}} ++ \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{% ++ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} ++ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{% ++ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}} ++ \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{% ++ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} ++ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{% ++ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}} ++ \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{% ++ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} ++ \input \jobname.toc ++ \egroup\fi ++ }} ++ \def\makelinks #1,{% ++ \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% ++ \ifx\params\E ++ \let\nextmakelinks=\relax ++ \else ++ \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks ++ \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi ++ \picknum{#1}% ++ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} ++ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% ++ \linkcolor #1% ++ \advance\lnkcount by 1% ++ \endlink ++ \fi ++ \nextmakelinks ++ } ++ \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} ++ \def\pn#1{% ++ \def\p{#1}% ++ \ifx\p\lbrace ++ \let\nextpn=\ppn ++ \else ++ \let\nextpn=\ppnn ++ \def\first{#1} ++ \fi ++ \nextpn ++ } ++ \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} ++ \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} ++ \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} ++ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} ++ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% ++ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax ++ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces ++ \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% ++ \advance\filenamelength by 1 ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \nextsp} ++ \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} ++ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 ++ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink ++ \else ++ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink ++ \fi ++ \def\pdfurl#1{% ++ \begingroup ++ \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% ++ \leavevmode\Red ++ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% ++ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% ++ % #1 ++ \endgroup} ++ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} ++ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} ++ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} ++ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} ++ \def\maketoks{% ++ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS| ++ \ifx\first0\adn0 ++ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 ++ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 ++ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 ++ \else ++ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi ++ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else ++ \let\next=\maketoks ++ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} ++ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi ++ \fi ++ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi ++ \next} ++ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% ++ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} ++ \def\pdflink#1{% ++ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}} ++ \linkcolor #1\endlink} ++ \def\mkpgn#1{#1@} ++ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} ++\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput + +-% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a +-% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), +-% uncomment the following line: +-%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax + +-% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for +-% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. +-% +-\def\nestedignore#1{% +- \obstexwarn +- % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end +- % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the +- % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize +- % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on +- % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. +- % +- \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup +- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. +- \ignoresections +- % +- % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the +- % @end command again. +- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% +- % +- % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no +- % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do +- % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we +- % undefine them. +- % +- % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; +- % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. +- \ignoremorecommands +- % +- % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define +- % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use +- % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites +- % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still +- % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of +- % stuff compared to the main input. +- % +- \nullfont +- \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont +- \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont +- \let\tensf = \nullfont +- % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in +- % smallexample) +- \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont +- \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont +- \let\indsf = \nullfont +- % +- % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. +- \tracinglostchars = 0 +- % +- % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. +- \frenchspacing +- % +- % Don't report underfull hboxes. +- \hbadness = 10000 +- % +- % Do minimal line-breaking. +- \pretolerance = 10000 +- % +- % Do not execute instructions in @tex +- \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% +-} +- +-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +-% +-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +-% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid +-% losing inside @example, for instance. +-% +-\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 +- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. +- \parsearg\setxxx} +-\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% +- \def\temp{#2}% +- \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty +- \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. +- \fi +- \endgroup +-} +-% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or +-% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into +-% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. +-\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} +- +-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +-% +-\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} +-\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} +- +-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +-% +-\def\value{\begingroup +- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. +- \valuexxx} +-\def\valuexxx#1{% +- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax +- {\{No value for ``#1''\}}% +- \else +- \csname SET#1\endcsname +- \fi +-\endgroup} +- +-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +-% with @set. +-% +-\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} +-\def\ifsetxxx #1{% +- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax +- \expandafter\ifsetfail +- \else +- \expandafter\ifsetsucceed +- \fi +-} +-\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} +-\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} +-\defineunmatchedend{ifset} +- +-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +-% +-\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} +-\def\ifclearxxx #1{% +- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax +- \expandafter\ifclearsucceed +- \else +- \expandafter\ifclearfail +- \fi +-} +-\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} +-\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} +-\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} +- +-% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text +-% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' +-% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. +-% +-\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} +-\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} +-\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} +-\defineunmatchedend{iftex} +-\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} +-\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} +- +-% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it +-% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no +-% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must +-% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't +-% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since +-% the @ifset might be nested.) +-% +-\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% +- \edef\temp{% +- % Remember the current value of \E#1. +- \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% +- % +- % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. +- \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% +- }% +- \temp +-} +- +-% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the +-% control sequences after we've constructed them. +-% +-\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} +- +-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +-% +-\def\asis#1{#1} +- +-% @math means output in math mode. +-% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control +-% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, +-% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they +-% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a +-% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. +-% +-% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it +-% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. +-% +-\let\implicitmath = $ +-\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} +- +-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. +-\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} +-\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} +- +-\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} +-\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} +-\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} +-\let\nwnode=\node +-\let\lastnode=\relax +- +-\def\donoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else +-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}\fi +-\global\let\lastnode=\relax} +- +-\def\unnumbnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else +-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unnumbsetref{\lastnode}\fi +-\global\let\lastnode=\relax} +- +-\def\appendixnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else +-\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi +-\global\let\lastnode=\relax} +- +-% @refill is a no-op. +-\let\refill=\relax +- +-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. +-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. +-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. +-\def\setfilename{% +- \readauxfile +- \opencontents +- \openindices +- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. +- \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. +- % +- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. +- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. +- % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. +- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf +- \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi +- \closein1 +- \temp +- % +- \comment % Ignore the actual filename. +-} +- +-% @bye. +-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} +- +-% \def\macro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\macroxxx} +-% \def\macroxxx#1#2 \end macro{% +-% \expandafter\gdef\macrotemp#1{#2}% +-% \endgroup} +- +-%\def\linemacro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\linemacroxxx} +-%\def\linemacroxxx#1#2 \end linemacro{% +-%\let\parsearg=\relax +-%\edef\macrotempx{\csname M\butfirst\expandafter\string\macrotemp\endcsname}% +-%\expandafter\xdef\macrotemp{\parsearg\macrotempx}% +-%\expandafter\gdef\macrotempx#1{#2}% +-%\endgroup} +- +-%\def\butfirst#1{} +- +- + \message{fonts,} +- + % Font-change commands. + +-% Texinfo supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. ++% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. + % So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. + \newfam\sffam + \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} +@@ -1124,22 +1091,17 @@ + \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} + \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} + +-% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt). +-% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic, +-% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that. +-% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they +-% aren't very useful. +-\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000} +-\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +-\setfont\indit\slshape{9}{1000} +-\let\indsl=\indit +-\let\indtt=\ninett +-\let\indttsl=\ninett +-\let\indsf=\indrm +-\let\indbf=\indrm +-\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900} +-\font\indi=cmmi9 +-\font\indsy=cmsy9 ++% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). ++\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} ++\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} ++\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} ++\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} ++\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} ++\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} ++\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} ++\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} ++\font\smalli=cmmi9 ++\font\smallsy=cmsy9 + + % Fonts for title page: + \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} +@@ -1236,7 +1198,7 @@ + \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy + \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} +-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts #1}} ++\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} + \def\chapfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl + \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc +@@ -1253,16 +1215,21 @@ + \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} + \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? +-\def\indexfonts{% +- \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl +- \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc +- \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl +- \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}} ++\def\smallfonts{% ++ \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl ++ \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc ++ \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy ++ \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl ++ \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}} + + % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. + % + \textfonts + ++% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. ++\def\angleleft{$\langle$} ++\def\angleright{$\rangle$} ++ + % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks + \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 + +@@ -1277,13 +1244,14 @@ + % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction + % unless the following character is such as not to need one. + \def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi} +-\def\smartitalic#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} ++\def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} ++\def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + + \let\i=\smartitalic +-\let\var=\smartitalic +-\let\dfn=\smartitalic ++\let\var=\smartslanted ++\let\dfn=\smartslanted + \let\emph=\smartitalic +-\let\cite=\smartitalic ++\let\cite=\smartslanted + + \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} + \let\strong=\b +@@ -1300,20 +1268,22 @@ + \null + } + \let\ttfont=\t +-\def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} +-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +-\font\smallsy=cmsy9 +-\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{% +- \raise0.4pt\hbox{$\langle$}\kern-.08em\vtop{% ++\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} ++\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} ++\font\keysy=cmsy9 ++\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% ++ \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% + \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt +- \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{$\langle$}}#1}}% ++ \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% + \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% +- \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{$\rangle$}}}} ++ \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} + % The old definition, with no lozenge: + %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} + \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} + ++% @file, @option are the same as @samp. + \let\file=\samp ++\let\option=\samp + + % @code is a modification of @t, + % which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. +@@ -1348,20 +1318,18 @@ + % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. + % -- rms. + { +-\catcode`\-=\active +-\catcode`\_=\active +-\catcode`\|=\active +-\global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex} +-% The following is used by \doprintindex to insure that long function names +-% wrap around. It is necessary for - and _ to be active before the index is +-% read from the file, as \entry parses the arguments long before \code is +-% ever called. -- mycroft +-% _ is always active; and it shouldn't be \let = to an _ that is a +-% subscript character anyway. Then, @cindex @samp{_} (for example) +-% fails. --karl +-\global\def\indexbreaks{% +- \catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash +-} ++ \catcode`\-=\active ++ \catcode`\_=\active ++ % ++ \global\def\code{\begingroup ++ \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash ++ \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder ++ \codex ++ } ++ % ++ % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index, ++ % just treat them as a normal -. ++ \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash} + } + + \def\realdash{-} +@@ -1402,27 +1370,55 @@ + \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi + \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} + +-% @url. Quotes do not seem necessary, so use \code. ++% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. + \let\url=\code ++\let\env=\code ++\let\command=\code + +-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional second argument +-% specifying the text to display. First (mandatory) arg is the url. +-% Perhaps eventually put in a hypertex \special here. +-% +-\def\uref#1{\urefxxx #1,,\finish} +-\def\urefxxx#1,#2,#3\finish{% +- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% ++% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) ++% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third ++% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url ++% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in ++% a hypertex \special here. ++% ++\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} ++\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup ++ \unsepspaces ++ \pdfurl{#1}% ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt +- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% ++ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that + \else +- \code{#1}% ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% ++ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt ++ \ifpdf ++ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it ++ \else ++ \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url ++ \fi ++ \else ++ \code{#1}% only url given, so show it ++ \fi + \fi +-} ++ \endlink ++\endgroup} + +-% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +-% So now @email is just like @uref. +-%\def\email#1{$\langle${\tt #1}$\rangle$} +-\let\email=\uref ++% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. ++% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. ++% ++%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} ++\ifpdf ++ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} ++ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup ++ \unsepspaces ++ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% ++ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi ++ \endlink ++ \endgroup} ++\else ++ \let\email=\uref ++\fi + + % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the + % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +@@ -1432,8 +1428,7 @@ + \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } + + % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the +-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of +-% @dmn{}pt. ++% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. + % + \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} + +@@ -1444,11 +1439,14 @@ + % Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. + %\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} + ++% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. + \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font +-% Use of \lowercase was suggested. + \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font + \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + ++% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps. ++\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}} ++ + % @pounds{} is a sterling sign. + \def\pounds{{\it\$}} + +@@ -1462,15 +1460,20 @@ + \newif\ifseenauthor + \newif\iffinishedtitlepage + ++% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the ++% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. ++% ++\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage ++ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue ++\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage ++ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue ++ + \def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} + \def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} + + \def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts + \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm +-% I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined. +-% This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway. --rms. +-% \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12 + \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% + % + \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}% +@@ -1519,6 +1522,23 @@ + % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. + \oldpage + \endgroup ++ % ++ % If they want short, they certainly want long too. ++ \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage ++ \shortcontents ++ \contents ++ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax ++ \global\let\contents = \relax ++ \fi ++ % ++ \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage ++ \contents ++ \global\let\contents = \relax ++ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax ++ \fi ++ % ++ \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi ++ % + \HEADINGSon + } + +@@ -1532,10 +1552,10 @@ + + \let\thispage=\folio + +-\newtoks \evenheadline % Token sequence for heading line of even pages +-\newtoks \oddheadline % Token sequence for heading line of odd pages +-\newtoks \evenfootline % Token sequence for footing line of even pages +-\newtoks \oddfootline % Token sequence for footing line of odd pages ++\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages ++\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages ++\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages ++\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages + + % Now make Tex use those variables + \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline +@@ -1652,40 +1672,28 @@ + } + + % Subroutines used in generating headings +-% Produces Day Month Year style of output. +-\def\today{\number\day\space +-\ifcase\month\or +-January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or +-July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi +-\space\number\year} +- +-% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output. +-%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or +-%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or +-%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi +-%\space\number\day, \number\year} +- +-% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings +-% It generates no output of its own ++% This produces Day Month Year style of output. ++% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set ++% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). ++\ifx\today\undefined ++\def\today{% ++ \number\day\space ++ \ifcase\month ++ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr ++ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug ++ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec ++ \fi ++ \space\number\year} ++\fi + +-\def\thistitle{No Title} ++% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. ++% It generates no output of its own. ++\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} + \def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} + \def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} + + + \message{tables,} +- +-% @tabs -- simple alignment +- +-% These don't work. For one thing, \+ is defined as outer. +-% So these macros cannot even be defined. +- +-%\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz} +-%\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr} +-%\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz} +-%\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr} +-%\def\&{&} +- + % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). + + % default indentation of table text +@@ -1729,11 +1737,6 @@ + \itemindex{#1}% + \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. + % +- % Be sure we are not still in the middle of a paragraph. +- %{\parskip = 0in +- %\par +- %}% +- % + % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line + % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that + % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next +@@ -1762,13 +1765,17 @@ + \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse + \else + % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the +- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. Since that +- % text will be indented by \tableindent, we make the item text be in +- % a zero-width box. ++ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. + \noindent +- \rlap{\hskip -\tableindent\box0}\ignorespaces% +- \endgroup% +- \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue% ++ % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in ++ % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and ++ % eventually be printed. ++ \nobreak\kern-\tableindent ++ \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 ++ \unhbox0 ++ \nobreak\kern\dimen0 ++ \endgroup ++ \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue + \fi + } + +@@ -1779,9 +1786,10 @@ + \def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} + \def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} + +-%% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work ++% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work. + \def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} + ++% @table, @ftable, @vtable. + \def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} + {\obeylines\obeyspaces% + \gdef\tablex #1^^M{% +@@ -1841,7 +1849,7 @@ + \def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} + + \def\itemizezzz #1{% +- \begingroup % ended by the @end itemsize ++ \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize + \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} + } + +@@ -2043,10 +2051,7 @@ + % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline + % to baseline. + % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. +- +-%%%% +-% Dimensions +- ++% + \newskip\multitableparskip + \newskip\multitableparindent + \newdimen\multitablecolspace +@@ -2056,129 +2061,150 @@ + \multitablecolspace=12pt + \multitablelinespace=0pt + +-%%%% + % Macros used to set up halign preamble: ++% + \let\endsetuptable\relax + \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} + \let\columnfractions\relax + \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} + \newif\ifsetpercent + +-%% 2/1/96, to allow fractions to be given with more than one digit. +-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {\global\advance\colcount by1 % +-\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}% +-\setuptable} ++% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which ++% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we ++% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the ++% percent of \hsize for this column. ++\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {% ++ \global\advance\colcount by 1 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}% ++ \setuptable ++} + + \newcount\colcount +-\def\setuptable#1{\def\firstarg{#1}% +-\ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable\let\go\relax% +-\else +- \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions\global\setpercenttrue% ++\def\setuptable#1{% ++ \def\firstarg{#1}% ++ \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable ++ \let\go = \relax + \else +- \ifsetpercent +- \let\go\pickupwholefraction % In this case arg of setuptable +- % is the decimal point before the +- % number given in percent of hsize. +- % We don't need this so we don't use it. ++ \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions ++ \global\setpercenttrue ++ \else ++ \ifsetpercent ++ \let\go\pickupwholefraction ++ \else ++ \global\advance\colcount by 1 ++ \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator; ++ % typically that is always in the input, anyway. ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% ++ \fi ++ \fi ++ \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction ++ % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so ++ % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. ++ \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% + \else +- \global\advance\colcount by1 +- \setbox0=\hbox{#1 }% Add a normal word space as a separator; +- % typically that is always in the input, anyway. +- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% ++ \let\go = \setuptable + \fi% +- \fi% +-\ifx\go\pickupwholefraction\else\let\go\setuptable\fi% +-\fi\go} +- +-%%%% +-% multitable syntax +-\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96 +- % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is +- % maintained, even if it is never used. ++ \fi ++ \go ++} + ++% This used to have \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template line is ++% not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until we ++% encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. ++% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. ++\def\tab{&} + +-%%%% + % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: +- ++% + \def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} +- + \def\dotable#1{\bgroup +-\let\item\cr +-\tolerance=9500 +-\hbadness=9500 +-\setmultitablespacing +-\parskip=\multitableparskip +-\parindent=\multitableparindent +-\overfullrule=0pt +-\global\colcount=0\relax% +-\def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}% +- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item : +-\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable +- % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable. +-\global\colcount=0\relax% +- % +- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will +- % be used as many times as user calls for columns. +- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and +- % continue for many paragraphs if desired. +-\halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax% +-\multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname +- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other +- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after +- % the first one. +- % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace +- % to the width of each template entry. +- % If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize +- % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and +- % the \leftskip will keep entries from bumping into each other. +- % Table will start at left margin and final column will justify at +- % right margin. +-\ifnum\colcount=1 +-\else +- \ifsetpercent ++ \vskip\parskip ++ \let\item\crcr ++ \tolerance=9500 ++ \hbadness=9500 ++ \setmultitablespacing ++ \parskip=\multitableparskip ++ \parindent=\multitableparindent ++ \overfullrule=0pt ++ \global\colcount=0 ++ \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}% ++ % ++ % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: ++ \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable ++ % ++ % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of ++ % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. ++ % The table preamble ++ % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. ++ \everycr{\noalign{% ++ % ++ % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. ++ % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table ++ % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem ++ % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. ++ \global\colcount=0\relax}}% ++ % ++ % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will ++ % be used as many times as user calls for columns. ++ % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and ++ % continue for many paragraphs if desired. ++ \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax ++ \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname ++ % ++ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other ++ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after ++ % the first one. ++ % ++ % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace ++ % to the width of each template entry. ++ % ++ % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will ++ % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip ++ % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at ++ % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. ++ % ++ % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. ++ \rightskip=0pt ++ \ifnum\colcount=1 ++ % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. ++ \advance\hsize by\leftskip + \else +- % If user has <not> set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize +- % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace +- \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace ++ \ifsetpercent \else ++ % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize ++ % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. ++ \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace ++ \fi ++ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: ++ \leftskip=\multitablecolspace + \fi +- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: +-\leftskip=\multitablecolspace +-\fi +- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious +- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the +- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. +- % For example: +- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 +- % @item @code{#} +- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. +- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking +- % characters. +- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr +- % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of +- % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. +- % The table preamble +- % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. +-\global\everycr{\noalign{% +-% \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. +-% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table +-% breaks over pages Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem +-% manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. +-\global\colcount=0\relax}} ++ % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious ++ % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the ++ % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. ++ % For example: ++ % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 ++ % @item @code{#} ++ % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. ++ % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking ++ % characters. ++ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr + } + + \def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. + % If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on + % current baselineskip. + \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt ++\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip ++\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 + %% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, + %% to keep lines equally spaced + \let\multistrut = \strut +-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +-%% table. If not, do nothing. +-%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. + \else ++%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be? + \gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 + width0pt\relax} \fi ++%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of ++%% table. If not, do nothing. ++%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. + \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace + \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace + \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller +@@ -2191,6 +2217,356 @@ + \fi} + + ++\message{conditionals,} ++% Prevent errors for section commands. ++% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. ++\def\ignoresections{% ++ \let\chapter=\relax ++ \let\unnumbered=\relax ++ \let\top=\relax ++ \let\unnumberedsec=\relax ++ \let\unnumberedsection=\relax ++ \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax ++ \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax ++ \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax ++ \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax ++ \let\section=\relax ++ \let\subsec=\relax ++ \let\subsubsec=\relax ++ \let\subsection=\relax ++ \let\subsubsection=\relax ++ \let\appendix=\relax ++ \let\appendixsec=\relax ++ \let\appendixsection=\relax ++ \let\appendixsubsec=\relax ++ \let\appendixsubsection=\relax ++ \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax ++ \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax ++ \let\contents=\relax ++ \let\smallbook=\relax ++ \let\titlepage=\relax ++} ++ ++% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source ++% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used ++% incorrectly. ++% ++\def\ignoremorecommands{% ++ \let\defcodeindex = \relax ++ \let\defcv = \relax ++ \let\deffn = \relax ++ \let\deffnx = \relax ++ \let\defindex = \relax ++ \let\defivar = \relax ++ \let\defmac = \relax ++ \let\defmethod = \relax ++ \let\defop = \relax ++ \let\defopt = \relax ++ \let\defspec = \relax ++ \let\deftp = \relax ++ \let\deftypefn = \relax ++ \let\deftypefun = \relax ++ \let\deftypeivar = \relax ++ \let\deftypeop = \relax ++ \let\deftypevar = \relax ++ \let\deftypevr = \relax ++ \let\defun = \relax ++ \let\defvar = \relax ++ \let\defvr = \relax ++ \let\ref = \relax ++ \let\xref = \relax ++ \let\printindex = \relax ++ \let\pxref = \relax ++ \let\settitle = \relax ++ \let\setchapternewpage = \relax ++ \let\setchapterstyle = \relax ++ \let\everyheading = \relax ++ \let\evenheading = \relax ++ \let\oddheading = \relax ++ \let\everyfooting = \relax ++ \let\evenfooting = \relax ++ \let\oddfooting = \relax ++ \let\headings = \relax ++ \let\include = \relax ++ \let\lowersections = \relax ++ \let\down = \relax ++ \let\raisesections = \relax ++ \let\up = \relax ++ \let\set = \relax ++ \let\clear = \relax ++ \let\item = \relax ++} ++ ++% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. ++% ++\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} ++ ++% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. ++% ++\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} ++\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} ++\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} ++\def\html{\doignore{html}} ++\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} ++\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} ++ ++% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file ++% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. ++\let\dircategory = \comment ++ ++% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. ++% ++\def\doignore#1{\begingroup ++ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. ++ \ignoresections ++ % ++ % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. ++ % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in ++ % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. ++ \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% ++ % ++ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. ++ \catcode32 = 10 ++ % ++ % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. ++ \catcode`\{ = 9 ++ \catcode`\} = 9 ++ % ++ % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. ++ \catcode`\@ = 12 ++ % ++ % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line ++ % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) ++ % @c @end ifinfo ++ % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. ++ % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) ++ \catcode`\c = 14 ++ % ++ % And now expand that command. ++ \doignoretext ++} ++ ++% What we do to finish off ignored text. ++% ++\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% ++ ++\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse ++\def\obstexwarn{% ++ \ifwarnedobs\relax\else ++ % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. ++ % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. ++ \immediate\write16{} ++ \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} ++ \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} ++ \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} ++ \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} ++ \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} ++ \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} ++ \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} ++ \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} ++ \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} ++ \immediate\write16{} ++ \global\warnedobstrue ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a ++% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), ++% uncomment the following line: ++%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax ++ ++% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for ++% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. ++% ++\def\nestedignore#1{% ++ \obstexwarn ++ % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end ++ % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the ++ % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize ++ % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on ++ % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. ++ % ++ \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup ++ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. ++ \ignoresections ++ % ++ % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the ++ % @end command again. ++ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% ++ % ++ % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no ++ % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do ++ % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we ++ % undefine them. ++ % ++ % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; ++ % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. ++ \ignoremorecommands ++ % ++ % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define ++ % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use ++ % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites ++ % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still ++ % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of ++ % stuff compared to the main input. ++ % ++ \nullfont ++ \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont ++ \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont ++ \let\tensf=\nullfont ++ % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample). ++ \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont ++ \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont ++ \let\smallsf=\nullfont ++ % ++ % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. ++ \tracinglostchars = 0 ++ % ++ % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. ++ \frenchspacing ++ % ++ % Don't report underfull hboxes. ++ \hbadness = 10000 ++ % ++ % Do minimal line-breaking. ++ \pretolerance = 10000 ++ % ++ % Do not execute instructions in @tex ++ \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% ++ % Do not execute macro definitions. ++ % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. ++ \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% ++} ++ ++% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. ++% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. ++% ++% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be ++% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our ++% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we ++% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid ++% losing inside @example, for instance. ++% ++\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 ++ \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. ++ \parsearg\setxxx} ++\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} ++\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% ++ \def\temp{#2}% ++ \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty ++ \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. ++ \fi ++ \endgroup ++} ++% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or ++% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into ++% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. ++\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} ++ ++% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. ++% ++\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} ++\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} ++ ++% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. ++{ ++ \catcode`\_ = \active ++ % ++ % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if ++ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any ++ % such active characters to their normal equivalents. ++ \gdef\value{\begingroup ++ \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 ++ \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore ++ \valuexxx} ++} ++\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} ++ ++% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's ++% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones ++% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything ++% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result ++% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value ++% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail ++% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a ++% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). ++% ++\def\expandablevalue#1{% ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax ++ {[No value for ``#1'']}% ++ \else ++ \csname SET#1\endcsname ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined ++% with @set. ++% ++\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} ++\def\ifsetxxx #1{% ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax ++ \expandafter\ifsetfail ++ \else ++ \expandafter\ifsetsucceed ++ \fi ++} ++\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} ++\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} ++\defineunmatchedend{ifset} ++ ++% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been ++% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. ++% ++\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} ++\def\ifclearxxx #1{% ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax ++ \expandafter\ifclearsucceed ++ \else ++ \expandafter\ifclearfail ++ \fi ++} ++\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} ++\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} ++\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} ++ ++% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text ++% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' ++% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. ++% ++\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} ++\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} ++\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} ++\defineunmatchedend{iftex} ++\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} ++\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} ++ ++% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it ++% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no ++% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must ++% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't ++% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since ++% the @ifset might be nested.) ++% ++\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% ++ \edef\temp{% ++ % Remember the current value of \E#1. ++ \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% ++ % ++ % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. ++ \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% ++ }% ++ \temp ++} ++ ++% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the ++% control sequences after we've constructed them. ++% ++\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} ++ ++% @defininfoenclose. ++\let\definfoenclose=\comment ++ ++ + \message{indexing,} + % Index generation facilities + +@@ -2206,12 +2582,14 @@ + % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. + % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long + % for the sake of vms. +- +-\def\newindex #1{ +-\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file +-\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file +-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +-\noexpand\doindex {#1}} ++% ++\def\newindex#1{% ++ \iflinks ++ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname ++ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file ++ \fi ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index ++ \noexpand\doindex{#1}} + } + + % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} +@@ -2220,31 +2598,37 @@ + + % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. + +-\def\newcodeindex #1{ +-\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file +-\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file +-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +-\noexpand\docodeindex {#1}} ++\def\newcodeindex#1{% ++ \iflinks ++ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname ++ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 ++ \fi ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% ++ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}} + } + + \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} + + % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. + % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. +-\def\synindex #1 #2 {% +-\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname +-\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo +-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +-\noexpand\doindex {#2}}% ++% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the ++% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. ++\def\synindex#1 #2 {% ++ \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname ++ \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname ++ \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex ++ \noexpand\doindex{#2}}% + } + + % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo + % inside @code. +-\def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {% +-\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname +-\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo +-\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +-\noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}% ++\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {% ++ \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname ++ \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname ++ \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex ++ \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}% + } + + % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. +@@ -2265,6 +2649,7 @@ + \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} + + \def\indexdummies{% ++\def\ { }% + % Take care of the plain tex accent commands. + \def\"{\realbackslash "}% + \def\`{\realbackslash `}% +@@ -2294,8 +2679,11 @@ + % (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to + % laboriously list every single command here.) + \def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char. +-%\let\{ = \lbracecmd +-%\let\} = \rbracecmd ++% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. ++% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes ++% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. ++\let\{ = \mylbrace ++\let\} = \myrbrace + \def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% + \def\w{\realbackslash w }% + \def\bf{\realbackslash bf }% +@@ -2306,7 +2694,6 @@ + \def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% + \def\less{\realbackslash less}% + \def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% +-%\def\char{\realbackslash char}% + \def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% + \def\dots{\realbackslash dots }% + \def\result{\realbackslash result}% +@@ -2318,6 +2705,11 @@ + \def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}% + \def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}% + \def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}% ++\def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}% ++\def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}% ++\def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}% ++\def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}% ++\def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}% + \def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}% + \def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}% + \def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}% +@@ -2333,8 +2725,16 @@ + \def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}% + \def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}% + \def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}% +-\def\value##1{\realbackslash value {##1}}% ++\def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}% ++% ++% Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not ++% contain - or _, and the value does not contain any ++% (non-fully-expandable) commands. ++\let\value = \expandablevalue ++% + \unsepspaces ++% Turn off macro expansion ++\turnoffmacros + } + + % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces +@@ -2391,6 +2791,12 @@ + %\let\tt=\indexdummyfont + \let\tclose=\indexdummyfont + \let\code=\indexdummyfont ++\let\url=\indexdummyfont ++\let\uref=\indexdummyfont ++\let\env=\indexdummyfont ++\let\acronym=\indexdummyfont ++\let\command=\indexdummyfont ++\let\option=\indexdummyfont + \let\file=\indexdummyfont + \let\samp=\indexdummyfont + \let\kbd=\indexdummyfont +@@ -2406,14 +2812,24 @@ + % so we do not become unable to do a definition. + + {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other +-@gdef@realbackslash{\}} ++ @gdef@realbackslash{\}} + + \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. ++\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? ++ ++% For \ifx comparisons. ++\def\emptymacro{\empty} + +-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax %initialize! +-% workhorse for all \fooindexes +-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there +-\def\doind #1#2{% ++% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. ++% ++\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} ++ ++% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. ++% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- ++% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception ++% is with defuns, which call us directly. ++% ++\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% + % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. + \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else + \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% +@@ -2424,48 +2840,75 @@ + \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage + \escapechar=`\\ + {% +- \let\folio=0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. ++ \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. + \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now + % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. + % +- % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off +- % to get the string to sort by. +- {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2}}% ++ \def\thirdarg{#3}% + % +- % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the +- % original text, including any font commands. ++ % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key. ++ \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro ++ \let\subentry = \empty ++ \else ++ \def\subentry{ #3}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ % First process the index entry with all font commands turned ++ % off to get the string to sort by. ++ {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}% ++ % ++ % Now the real index entry with the fonts. + \toks0 = {#2}% ++ % ++ % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index ++ % string. And include a space. ++ \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else ++ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% ++ \fi ++ % ++ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key ++ % and the original text, including any font commands. We write ++ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file, texindex reduces to ++ % two when writing the .??s sorted result. + \edef\temp{% + \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% + \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% + }% +- \temp ++ % ++ % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it ++ % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting ++ % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the ++ % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences ++ % like this: ++ % @end defun ++ % @tindex whatever ++ % @defun ... ++ % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the ++ % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of ++ % the previous defun. ++ % ++ % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We ++ % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. ++ % ++ % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. ++ % ++ \iflinks ++ \ifvmode ++ \skip0 = \lastskip ++ \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi ++ \fi ++ % ++ \temp % do the write ++ % ++ % ++ \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi ++ \fi + }% + }% + \penalty\count255 + }% + } + +-\def\dosubind #1#2#3{% +-{\count10=\lastpenalty % +-{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage +-\escapechar=`\\% +-{\let\folio=0% +-\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% +-% +-% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off, +-% to get the string to sort the index by. +-{\indexnofonts +-\xdef\temp1{#2 #3}% +-}% +-% Now produce the complete index entry. We process the index-string again, +-% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index. +-\edef\temp{% +-\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{% +-\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}{#3}}}% +-\temp }% +-}\penalty\count10}} +- + % The index entry written in the file actually looks like + % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} + % or +@@ -2505,18 +2948,23 @@ + \def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup + \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% + % +- \indexfonts \rm ++ \smallfonts \rm + \tolerance = 9500 + \indexbreaks + % + % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. ++ % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains ++ % \initial {@} ++ % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces ++ % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). ++ \catcode`\@ = 11 + \openin 1 \jobname.#1s + \ifeof 1 + % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, + % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the + % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure + % there is some text. +- (Index is nonexistent) ++ \putwordIndexNonexistent + \else + % + % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof +@@ -2524,14 +2972,13 @@ + % it can discover if there is anything in it. + \read 1 to \temp + \ifeof 1 +- (Index is empty) ++ \putwordIndexIsEmpty + \else + % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape + % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change + % to make right now. + \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% + \catcode`\\ = 0 +- \catcode`\@ = 11 + \escapechar = `\\ + \begindoublecolumns + \input \jobname.#1s +@@ -2544,21 +2991,35 @@ + % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. + % Change them to control the appearance of the index. + +-% Same as \bigskipamount except no shrink. +-% \balancecolumns gets confused if there is any shrink. +-\newskip\initialskipamount \initialskipamount 12pt plus4pt +- +-\def\initial #1{% +-{\let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt +-\ifdim\lastskip<\initialskipamount +-\removelastskip \penalty-200 \vskip \initialskipamount\fi +-\line{\secbf#1\hfill}\kern 2pt\penalty10000}} ++\def\initial#1{{% ++ % Some minor font changes for the special characters. ++ \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt ++ % ++ % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. ++ \removelastskip ++ % ++ % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. ++ \penalty -300 ++ % ++ % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of ++ % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column ++ % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch ++ % we need before each entry, but it's better. ++ % ++ % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. ++ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip ++ \leftline{\secbf #1}% ++ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip ++ % ++ % Do our best not to break after the initial. ++ \nobreak ++}} + + % This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 + % flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents + % entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. + % +-\def\entry #1#2{\begingroup ++\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup + % + % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't + % affect previous text. +@@ -2581,12 +3042,15 @@ + % + % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start + % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. +- \hangindent=2em ++ \hangindent = 2em + % + % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line + % with blank space. + \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil + % ++ % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns. ++ \vskip 0pt plus1pt ++ % + % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking + % parameters we've set above will have an effect. + \noindent +@@ -2611,7 +3075,11 @@ + % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as + % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull + % \hbox ensues. +- \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. ++ \ifpdf ++ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. ++ \else ++ \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. ++ \fi + \fi% + \par + \endgroup} +@@ -2640,24 +3108,26 @@ + + \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns + % Grab any single-column material above us. +- \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% +- % ++ \output = {% ++ % + % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a + % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output + % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is + % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In +- % that case, we must prevent the second \partialpage from +- % simply overwriting the first, causing us to lose the page. +- % This will preserve it until a real output routine can ship it +- % out. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this runs and +- % this will be a no-op. +- \unvbox\partialpage ++ % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal ++ % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this ++ % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. ++ \ifvoid\partialpage \else ++ \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% ++ \fi + % +- % Unvbox the main output page. +- \unvbox255 +- \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip +- }}% +- \eject ++ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% ++ % Unvbox the main output page. ++ \unvbox\PAGE ++ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip ++ }% ++ }% ++ \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage + % + % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. + \output = {\doublecolumnout}% +@@ -2685,14 +3155,21 @@ + % + % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, + % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) ++ \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage + \vsize = 2\vsize + } ++ ++% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except ++% the last. ++% + \def\doublecolumnout{% + \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal + % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the + % previous page. +- \dimen@=\pageheight \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage ++ \dimen@ = \vsize ++ \divide\dimen@ by 2 ++ % + % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. + \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ + \onepageout\pagesofar +@@ -2701,42 +3178,67 @@ + } + \def\pagesofar{% + % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, +- % followed by the two boxes we just split. ++ % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. + \unvbox\partialpage ++ % + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize +- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% ++ \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize ++ \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% + } + \def\enddoublecolumns{% +- \output = {\balancecolumns}\eject % split what we have ++ \output = {% ++ % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the ++ % current page, no automatic page break. ++ \balancecolumns ++ % ++ % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, ++ % though, there will be another page break right after this \output ++ % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not ++ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal ++ % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be ++ % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes ++ % the output somewhat more palatable.) ++ \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% ++ }% ++ \eject + \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns + % +- % Back to normal single-column typesetting, but take account of the +- % fact that we just accumulated some stuff on the output page. ++ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted ++ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column ++ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the ++ % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). + \pagegoal = \vsize + } + \def\balancecolumns{% + % Called at the end of the double column material. +- \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% ++ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. + \dimen@ = \ht0 + \advance\dimen@ by \topskip + \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip +- \divide\dimen@ by 2 ++ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to ++ %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% + \splittopskip = \topskip + % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. +- {\vbadness=10000 \loop +- \global\setbox3=\copy0 +- \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@ +- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt +- \repeat}% ++ {% ++ \vbadness = 10000 ++ \loop ++ \global\setbox3 = \copy0 ++ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ ++ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ ++ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt ++ \repeat ++ }% ++ %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% + \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% + \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% ++ % + \pagesofar + } + \catcode`\@ = \other + + + \message{sectioning,} +-% Define chapters, sections, etc. ++% Chapters, sections, etc. + + \newcount\chapno + \newcount\secno \secno=0 +@@ -2745,59 +3247,49 @@ + + % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... + \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ +-\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +- +-\newwrite\contentsfile +-% This is called from \setfilename. +-\def\opencontents{\openout\contentsfile = \jobname.toc } ++% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} ++% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual ++% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. ++\def\appendixletter{% ++ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% ++ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% ++ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is ++ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not ++ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out ++ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. ++ \else\char\the\appendixno ++ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi ++ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + + % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. +-% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise +- +-\def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{} +-\def\seccheck#1{\ifnum \pageno<0 +- \errmessage{@#1 not allowed after generating table of contents}% +-\fi} ++% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. ++\def\thischapter{} ++\def\thissection{} + +-\def\chapternofonts{% +- \let\rawbackslash=\relax +- \let\frenchspacing=\relax +- \def\result{\realbackslash result}% +- \def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}% +- \def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}% +- \def\print{\realbackslash print}% +- \def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% +- \def\dots{\realbackslash dots}% +- \def\result{\realbackslash result}% +- \def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}% +- \def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}% +- \def\print{\realbackslash print}% +- \def\error{\realbackslash error}% +- \def\point{\realbackslash point}% +- \def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}% +- \def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% +- \def\bf{\realbackslash bf}% +- \def\w{\realbackslash w}% +- \def\less{\realbackslash less}% +- \def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% +- \def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% +- \def\char{\realbackslash char}% +- \def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose{##1}}% +- \def\code##1{\realbackslash code{##1}}% +- \def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp{##1}}% +- \def\r##1{\realbackslash r{##1}}% +- \def\b##1{\realbackslash b{##1}}% +- \def\key##1{\realbackslash key{##1}}% +- \def\file##1{\realbackslash file{##1}}% +- \def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd{##1}}% +- % These are redefined because @smartitalic wouldn't work inside xdef. +- \def\i##1{\realbackslash i{##1}}% +- \def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite{##1}}% +- \def\var##1{\realbackslash var{##1}}% +- \def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph{##1}}% +- \def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn{##1}}% +-} +- + \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level + \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count + +@@ -2868,59 +3360,59 @@ + \fi + } + +- ++% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. + \def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} + \outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} + \def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz +-\def\chapterzzz #1{\seccheck{chapter}% ++\def\chapterzzz #1{% + \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +-\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter \the\chapno}% ++\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% + \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% + % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter + % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. + \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}{\the\chapno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\donoderef % ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% ++ {\the\chapno}}}% ++\temp ++\donoderef + \global\let\section = \numberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +-}} ++} + + \outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} + \def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz +-\def\appendixzzz #1{\seccheck{appendix}% ++\def\appendixzzz #1{% + \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +-\global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{Appendix \appendixletter}% ++\global\advance \appendixno by 1 ++\message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% + \chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% + \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% +- {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\appendixnoderef % ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% ++ {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}% ++\temp ++\appendixnoderef + \global\let\section = \appendixsec + \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +-}} ++} + + % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. + \outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} + \def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} + ++% @top is like @unnumbered. + \outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} ++ + \outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} + \def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +-\def\unnumberedzzz #1{\seccheck{unnumbered}% ++\def\unnumberedzzz #1{% + \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 + % + % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the +@@ -2932,155 +3424,139 @@ + % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear + % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use + % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, +-% simply yielding the contents of the <toks register>. ++% simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for ++% the toc entries.) + \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% + % + \unnumbchapmacro {#1}% + \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\unnumbnoderef % ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}% ++\temp ++\unnumbnoderef + \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec +-}} ++} + ++% Sections. + \outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} + \def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz +-\def\seczzz #1{\seccheck{section}% ++\def\seczzz #1{% + \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % + \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % +-{\the\toks0}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\donoderef % +-\penalty 10000 % +-}} ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}% ++ {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}% ++\temp ++\donoderef ++\nobreak ++} + + \outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} + \outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} + \def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +-\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsection}% ++\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{% + \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % + \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % +-{\the\toks0}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\appendixnoderef % +-\penalty 10000 % +-}} ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}% ++ {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}% ++\temp ++\appendixnoderef ++\nobreak ++} + + \outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} + \def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +-\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsec}% ++\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{% + \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\unnumbnoderef % +-\penalty 10000 % +-}} ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}% ++\temp ++\unnumbnoderef ++\nobreak ++} + ++% Subsections. + \outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} + \def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +-\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsection}% ++\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{% + \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % + \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % +-{\the\toks0}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\donoderef % +-\penalty 10000 % +-}} ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}% ++ {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}% ++\temp ++\donoderef ++\nobreak ++} + + \outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} + \def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +-\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsec}% ++\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{% + \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % + \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % +-{\the\toks0}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\appendixnoderef % +-\penalty 10000 % +-}} ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}% ++ {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}% ++\temp ++\appendixnoderef ++\nobreak ++} + + \outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} + \def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsec}% ++\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{% + \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\unnumbnoderef % +-\penalty 10000 % +-}} ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry% ++ {\the\toks0}}}% ++\temp ++\unnumbnoderef ++\nobreak ++} + ++% Subsubsections. + \outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} + \def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsubsection}% ++\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{% + \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % + \subsubsecheading {#1} + {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0} +- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno} +- {\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\donoderef % +-\penalty 10000 % +-}} ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% ++ {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}% ++\temp ++\donoderef ++\nobreak ++} + + \outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} + \def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsubsec}% ++\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{% + \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % + \subsubsecheading {#1} + {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% +- {\appendixletter} +- {\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\appendixnoderef % +-\penalty 10000 % +-}} ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% ++ {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}% ++\temp ++\appendixnoderef ++\nobreak ++} + + \outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} + \def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsubsec}% ++\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{% + \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +-{\chapternofonts% + \toks0 = {#1}% +-\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +-\escapechar=`\\% +-\write \contentsfile \temp % +-\unnumbnoderef % +-\penalty 10000 % +-}} ++\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry% ++ {\the\toks0}}}% ++\temp ++\unnumbnoderef ++\nobreak ++} + + % These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. + % Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. +@@ -3109,8 +3585,7 @@ + + % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading + +-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and +-% such: ++% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: + % 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit + % overlong headings to fold. + % 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a +@@ -3157,12 +3632,12 @@ + + \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} + +-\def\CHAPPAGoff{ ++\def\CHAPPAGoff{% + \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager + \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak + \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} + +-\def\CHAPPAGon{ ++\def\CHAPPAGon{% + \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager + \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager + \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager +@@ -3216,7 +3691,7 @@ + \def\unnchfopen #1{% + \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright +- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % ++ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak + } + + \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts +@@ -3227,7 +3702,7 @@ + \def\centerchfopen #1{% + \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt +- \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % ++ \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak + } + + \def\CHAPFopen{ +@@ -3280,24 +3755,45 @@ + } + + +-\message{toc printing,} +-% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written +-% to \contentsfile. ++\message{toc,} ++% Table of contents. ++\newwrite\tocfile ++ ++% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. ++% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the ++% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. ++% ++% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other ++% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere. ++% ++\newif\iftocfileopened ++\def\writetocentry#1{% ++ \iftocfileopened\else ++ \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc ++ \global\tocfileopenedtrue ++ \fi ++ \iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi ++} + + \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in ++\newcount\savepageno ++\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 ++ ++% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written ++% to \tocfile. ++% + \def\startcontents#1{% + % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should + % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain + % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. + % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se> + \contentsalignmacro +- \immediate\closeout \contentsfile +- \ifnum \pageno>0 +- \pageno = -1 % Request roman numbered pages. +- \fi ++ \immediate\closeout\tocfile ++ % + % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. + % It is abundantly clear what they are. + \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% ++ \savepageno = \pageno + \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. + \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 + % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section +@@ -3305,20 +3801,31 @@ + %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi + \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. + \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. ++ % ++ % Roman numerals for page numbers. ++ \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi + } + + + % Normal (long) toc. +-\outer\def\contents{% +- \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}% +- \input \jobname.toc ++\def\contents{% ++ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% ++ \openin 1 \jobname.toc ++ \ifeof 1 \else ++ \closein 1 ++ \input \jobname.toc ++ \fi ++ \vfill \eject ++ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect ++ \pdfmakeoutlines + \endgroup +- \vfill \eject ++ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno ++ \pageno = \savepageno + } + + % And just the chapters. +-\outer\def\summarycontents{% +- \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}% ++\def\summarycontents{% ++ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% + % + \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry + \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry +@@ -3334,12 +3841,23 @@ + \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} + \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} +- \input \jobname.toc ++ \openin 1 \jobname.toc ++ \ifeof 1 \else ++ \closein 1 ++ \input \jobname.toc ++ \fi ++ \vfill \eject ++ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \endgroup +- \vfill \eject ++ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno ++ \pageno = \savepageno + } + \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents + ++\ifpdf ++ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% ++\fi ++ + % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. + % The first argument is the chapter or section name. + % The last argument is the page number. +@@ -3350,7 +3868,7 @@ + + % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings + \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% +- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}% ++ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}% + } + + % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. +@@ -3358,10 +3876,14 @@ + % We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry + % command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry + % for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. +-\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix } +-\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 +- ++% ++\newdimen\shortappendixwidth ++% + \def\shortchaplabel#1{% ++ % Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language. ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}% ++ \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 ++ % + % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of + % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. + \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% +@@ -3376,7 +3898,7 @@ + } + + \def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} +-\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}} ++\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}} + + % Sections. + \def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} +@@ -3403,35 +3925,36 @@ + \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip + \begingroup + \chapentryfonts +- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% ++ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \endgroup + \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip + } + + \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent +- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% ++ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \endgroup} + + \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent +- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% ++ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \endgroup} + + \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent +- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% ++ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \endgroup} + + % Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for + % the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We + % can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist + % of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) +-% +-% \turnoffactive is for the sake of @" used for umlauts. + \def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup + \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks +- \entry{\turnoffactive #1}{\turnoffactive #2}% ++ % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is ++ % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we ++ % have to do the usual translation tricks. ++ \entry{#1}{#2}% + \endgroup} + + % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. +@@ -3447,6 +3970,7 @@ + + + \message{environments,} ++% @foo ... @end foo. + + % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of + % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +@@ -3497,30 +4021,36 @@ + % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. + + \def\tex{\begingroup +-\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 +-\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 +-\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie +-\catcode `\%=14 +-\catcode 43=12 % plus +-\catcode`\"=12 +-\catcode`\==12 +-\catcode`\|=12 +-\catcode`\<=12 +-\catcode`\>=12 +-\escapechar=`\\ +-% +-\let\,=\ptexcomma +-\let\{=\ptexlbrace +-\let\}=\ptexrbrace +-\let\.=\ptexdot +-\let\*=\ptexstar +-\let\dots=\ptexdots +-\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% +-\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% +-\def\@{@}% +-\let\bullet=\ptexbullet +-\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext +-% ++ \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 ++ \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 ++ \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie ++ \catcode `\%=14 ++ \catcode 43=12 % plus ++ \catcode`\"=12 ++ \catcode`\==12 ++ \catcode`\|=12 ++ \catcode`\<=12 ++ \catcode`\>=12 ++ \escapechar=`\\ ++ % ++ \let\b=\ptexb ++ \let\bullet=\ptexbullet ++ \let\c=\ptexc ++ \let\,=\ptexcomma ++ \let\.=\ptexdot ++ \let\dots=\ptexdots ++ \let\equiv=\ptexequiv ++ \let\!=\ptexexclam ++ \let\i=\ptexi ++ \let\{=\ptexlbrace ++ \let\+=\tabalign ++ \let\}=\ptexrbrace ++ \let\*=\ptexstar ++ \let\t=\ptext ++ % ++ \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% ++ \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% ++ \def\@{@}% + \let\Etex=\endgroup} + + % Define @lisp ... @endlisp. +@@ -3565,8 +4095,8 @@ + % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. + \let\nonarrowing=\relax + +-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +-% \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument ++% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around ++% environment contents. + \font\circle=lcircle10 + \newdimen\circthick + \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner +@@ -3593,9 +4123,9 @@ + \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip + \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \cartouter=\hsize +- \advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either ++ \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either + % side, and for 6pt waste from +-% each corner char ++% each corner char, and rule thickness + \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip + % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. + \let\nonarrowing=\comment +@@ -3649,57 +4179,68 @@ + \fi + } + +-% To ending an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph +-% (via \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we +-% keep the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue +-% will be inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the +-% document, after the environment. ++% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular ++% environment, so the error checking in \end will work. + % +-\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% ++% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via ++% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep ++% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be ++% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after ++% the environment. ++% ++\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup} + ++% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font. + \def\lisp{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish + \tt +- % Make @kbd do something special, if requested. +- \let\kbdfont\kbdexamplefont +- \rawbackslash % have \ input char produce \ char from current font +- \gobble ++ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. ++ \gobble % eat return + } + +-% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the +-% environment, so the error checking in \end will work. +-% +-% We must call \lisp last in the definition, since it reads the +-% return following the @example (or whatever) command. +-% ++% @example: Same as @lisp. + \def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} +-\def\smallexample{\begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} +-\def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} + +-% @smallexample and @smalllisp. This is not used unless the @smallbook +-% command is given. Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. +-% ++% @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook ++% redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the ++% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or ++% whatever) command. ++% ++% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an ++% @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway. ++% ++\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display} ++\def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} ++\def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} ++\def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} ++ ++% Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts. ++% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. + \def\smalllispx{\begingroup +- \nonfillstart +- \let\Esmalllisp = \nonfillfinish +- \let\Esmallexample = \nonfillfinish +- % +- % Smaller fonts for small examples. +- \indexfonts \tt +- \rawbackslash % make \ output the \ character from the current font (tt) +- \gobble ++ \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% ++ \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% ++ \smallfonts ++ \lisp + } + +-% This is @display; same as @lisp except use roman font. ++% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font. + % + \def\display{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish + \gobble + } ++ ++% @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts. ++% ++\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup ++ \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% ++ \smallfonts \rm ++ \display ++} + +-% This is @format; same as @display except don't narrow margins. ++% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins. + % + \def\format{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t +@@ -3708,20 +4249,27 @@ + \gobble + } + +-% @flushleft (same as @format) and @flushright. ++% @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts. + % +-\def\flushleft{\begingroup +- \let\nonarrowing = t +- \nonfillstart +- \let\Eflushleft = \nonfillfinish +- \gobble ++\def\smallformatx{\begingroup ++ \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% ++ \smallfonts \rm ++ \format + } ++ ++% @flushleft (same as @format). ++% ++\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} ++ ++% @flushright. ++% + \def\flushright{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill +- \gobble} ++ \gobble ++} + + % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) + % and narrows the margins. +@@ -3744,9 +4292,11 @@ + \fi + } + ++ + \message{defuns,} +-% Define formatter for defuns +-% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally ++% @defun etc. ++ ++% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally + \def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} + + \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in +@@ -3800,10 +4350,16 @@ + %% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] + \def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } + \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } +-\def\ampnr{\&} ++\let\ampnr = \& + \def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} + \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} + ++% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined. ++{ ++ \catcode`& = 13 ++ \global\let& = \ampnr ++} ++ + % First, defname, which formats the header line itself. + % #1 should be the function name. + % #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". +@@ -3813,20 +4369,18 @@ + % outside the @def... + \dimen2=\leftskip + \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent +-\dimen3=\rightskip +-\advance\dimen3 by -\defbodyindent +-\noindent % ++\noindent + \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}% + \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line + \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations +-\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 % ++\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 + % Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) + % ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin, + % but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking + {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, + % so that \rightline will obey them. +-\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \advance \hsize by -\dimen3 +-\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}}}% ++\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 ++\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}% + % Make all lines underfull and no complaints: + \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent +@@ -3847,23 +4401,62 @@ + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}% + \parindent=0in +-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent ++\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup % + \catcode 61=\active % 61 is `=' + \obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3} + +-\def\defmethparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % ++% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). ++% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). ++% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. ++% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. ++% ++\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % + \medbreak % + % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies + % so that it will exit this group. + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% + \parindent=0in +-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent ++\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} + ++% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar. ++% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). ++% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). ++% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. ++% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name. ++% #5 is the method's return type. ++% ++\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV ++ \medbreak ++ \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% ++ \def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% ++ \parindent=0in ++ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent ++ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent ++ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}} ++ ++% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an ++% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it ++% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have ++% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the ++% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for ++% the \E... definition to assign the category name to. ++% ++\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV ++ \medbreak ++ \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% ++ \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {% ++ \def#4{##1}% ++ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}% ++ \parindent=0in ++ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent ++ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent ++ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}} ++ + \def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % + \medbreak % + % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +@@ -3872,7 +4465,7 @@ + \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% + \parindent=0in +-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent ++\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} + +@@ -3887,7 +4480,7 @@ + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}% + \parindent=0in +-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent ++\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup % + \catcode 61=\active % +@@ -3904,7 +4497,7 @@ + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% + \parindent=0in +- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent ++ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines + } +@@ -3949,7 +4542,7 @@ + \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% + \begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% + \parindent=0in +-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent ++\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} + +@@ -3973,16 +4566,17 @@ + % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun + % Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up + +-\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl ++\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl + % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. + % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. +-\hyphenchar\tensl=0 ++% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro. ++{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}% + #1% +-\hyphenchar\tensl=45 ++{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}% + \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% + \interlinepenalty=10000 + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil +-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% ++\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak + } + + \def\deftypefunargs #1{% +@@ -3993,7 +4587,7 @@ + \tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars + \interlinepenalty=10000 + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil +-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% ++\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak + } + + % Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. +@@ -4012,7 +4606,7 @@ + \def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} + + \def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}% ++\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}% + \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % + \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody + } +@@ -4026,7 +4620,7 @@ + % #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. + \def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% + \doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index +-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}% ++\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}% + \deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % + \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody + } +@@ -4057,7 +4651,7 @@ + \def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} + + \def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}% ++\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}% + \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % + \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody + } +@@ -4067,53 +4661,78 @@ + \def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} + + \def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}% ++\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}% + \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % + \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody + } +- +-% This definition is run if you use @defunx +-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. + +-\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} +-\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} +-\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} +-\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} +-\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} +-\def\deftypemethodx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} +-\def\deftypeunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypeunx in invalid context}} +- +-% @defmethod, and so on +- +-% @defop {Funny Method} foo-class frobnicate argument +- ++% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... ++% + \def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% + \defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} +- +-\def\defopheader #1#2#3{% +-\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% Make entry in function index +-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}% ++% ++\def\defopheader#1#2#3{% ++\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index ++\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}% + \defunargs {#3}\endgroup % + } ++ ++% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG... ++% ++\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}% ++ \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader ++ \deftypeopcategory} ++% ++% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args. ++\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{% ++ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index ++ \begingroup ++ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3} ++ {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}% ++ \deftypefunargs{#4}% ++ \endgroup ++} + +-% @deftypemethod foo-class return-type foo-method args ++% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG... + % + \def\deftypemethod{% +- \defmethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} ++ \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} + % + % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. + \def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% +- \deftypefnheaderx{Method on #1}{#2}#3 #4\relax ++ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index ++ \begingroup ++ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% ++ \deftypefunargs{#4}% ++ \endgroup + } + +-% @defmethod == @defop Method ++% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME ++% ++\def\deftypeivar{% ++ \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader} ++% ++% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name. ++\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{% ++ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index ++ \begingroup ++ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3} ++ {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}% ++ \defvarargs{#3}% ++ \endgroup ++} + ++% @defmethod == @defop Method ++% + \def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} +- +-\def\defmethodheader #1#2#3{% +-\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% entry in function index +-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Method on #1}% +-\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % ++% ++% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args. ++\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{% ++ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index ++ \begingroup ++ \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% ++ \defunargs{#3}% ++ \endgroup + } + + % @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag +@@ -4122,37 +4741,30 @@ + \defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} + + \def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% +-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index +-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}% ++\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index ++\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}% + \defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % + } + +-% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable} +- ++% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME ++% + \def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} +- +-\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{% +-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index +-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}% +-\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % ++% ++\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{% ++ \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index ++ \begingroup ++ \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}% ++ \defvarargs{#3}% ++ \endgroup + } +- +-% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc., +-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc. +- +-\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} +-\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} +-\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} +-\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} +- +-% Now @defvar + ++% @defvar + % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. + % This is actually simple: just print them in roman. + % This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up + \def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% + \interlinepenalty=10000 +-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000} ++\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak} + + % @defvr Counter foo-count + +@@ -4166,7 +4778,7 @@ + \def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} + + \def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index +-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}% ++\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}% + \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % + } + +@@ -4175,7 +4787,7 @@ + \def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} + + \def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index +-\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}% ++\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}% + \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % + } + +@@ -4187,9 +4799,9 @@ + % is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. + \def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% + \dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index +-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}% ++\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}% + \interlinepenalty=10000 +-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 ++\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak + \endgroup} + \def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} + +@@ -4200,18 +4812,9 @@ + \def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% + \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1} + \interlinepenalty=10000 +-\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 ++\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak + \endgroup} + +-% This definition is run if you use @defvarx +-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx. +- +-\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} +-\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} +-\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} +-\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} +-\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} +- + % Now define @deftp + % Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. + +@@ -4223,52 +4826,395 @@ + + \def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% + \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} ++ ++% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.) ++% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. ++% ++\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} ++\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} ++\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} ++\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} ++\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} ++\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} ++\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} ++\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} ++\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} ++\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} ++\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} ++\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}} ++\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} ++\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}} ++\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} ++\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} ++\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} ++\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} ++\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} ++ ++ ++\message{macros,} ++% @macro. ++ ++% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, ++% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. ++\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined ++ \newwrite\macscribble ++ \def\scanmacro#1{% ++ \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M ++ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex ++ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@ ++ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. ++ \toks0={#1\endinput}% ++ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp ++ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% ++ \immediate\closeout\macscribble ++ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces ++ \input \jobname.tmp ++ \endgroup ++} ++\else ++\def\scanmacro#1{% ++\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M ++% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex ++\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@ ++\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup} ++\fi ++ ++\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters ++\newtoks\macname % Macro name ++\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? ++\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form ++ % \do\macro1\do\macro2... ++ ++% Utility routines. ++% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. ++\def\cslet#1#2{% ++\expandafter\expandafter ++\expandafter\let ++\expandafter\expandafter ++\csname#1\endcsname ++\csname#2\endcsname} ++ ++% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. ++% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). ++{\catcode`\@=11 ++\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} ++\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} ++\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} ++\def\unbrace#1{#1} ++\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} ++} ++ ++% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. ++{\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3% ++\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% ++\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% ++\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% ++} ++ ++% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where ++% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active ++% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. ++ ++% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is ++% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro ++% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. ++ ++\def\macrobodyctxt{% ++ \catcode`\~=12 ++ \catcode`\^=12 ++ \catcode`\_=12 ++ \catcode`\|=12 ++ \catcode`\<=12 ++ \catcode`\>=12 ++ \catcode`\+=12 ++ \catcode`\{=12 ++ \catcode`\}=12 ++ \catcode`\@=12 ++ \catcode`\^^M=12 ++ \usembodybackslash} ++ ++\def\macroargctxt{% ++ \catcode`\~=12 ++ \catcode`\^=12 ++ \catcode`\_=12 ++ \catcode`\|=12 ++ \catcode`\<=12 ++ \catcode`\>=12 ++ \catcode`\+=12 ++ \catcode`\@=12 ++ \catcode`\\=12} ++ ++% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. ++% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N ++% where N is the macro parameter number. ++% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so ++% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. ++ ++{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active ++ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} ++ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} ++} ++\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} ++ ++\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} ++\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} ++ ++\def\macroxxx#1{% ++ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist ++ \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments ++ \paramno=0% ++ \else ++ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% ++ \fi ++ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname ++ \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% ++ \else ++ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax ++ \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi ++ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% ++ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% ++ % Add the macroname to \macrolist ++ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% ++ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% ++ \fi ++ \begingroup \macrobodyctxt ++ \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody ++ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody ++ \fi} ++ ++\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx} ++\def\unmacroxxx#1{% ++ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname ++ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% ++ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% ++ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist ++ \begingroup ++ \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}% ++ \def\do##1{% ++ \def\tempb{##1}% ++ \ifx\tempa\tempb ++ % remove this ++ \else ++ \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}% ++ \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}% ++ \fi}% ++ \def\newmacrolist{}% ++ % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist ++ \macrolist ++ \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist ++ \endgroup ++ \else ++ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% ++ \fi ++} ++ ++% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a ++% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by ++% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. ++\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} ++\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} ++\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} ++\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} ++ ++% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist ++% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah ++% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. ++% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). ++ ++% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. ++% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something ++% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine ++% it to # just before using the token list produced. ++% ++% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before ++% the macro is used. ++ ++\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% ++ \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} ++\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% ++ \if#1;\let\next=\relax ++ \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx ++ \advance\paramno by 1% ++ \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname ++ {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% ++ \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% ++ \fi\next} ++ ++% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. ++% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) ++ ++\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% ++{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% ++\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% ++{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% ++ ++% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and ++% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. ++% Much magic with \expandafter here. ++% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file ++% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. ++\def\defmacro{% ++ \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars ++ \ifrecursive ++ \ifcase\paramno ++ % 0 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% ++ \or % 1 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt ++ \noexpand\braceorline ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% ++ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% ++ \else % many ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt ++ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% ++ \expandafter\expandafter ++ \expandafter\xdef ++ \expandafter\expandafter ++ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ++ \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% ++ \fi ++ \else ++ \ifcase\paramno ++ % 0 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% ++ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% ++ \or % 1 ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt ++ \noexpand\braceorline ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% ++ \egroup ++ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% ++ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% ++ \else % many ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% ++ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% ++ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% ++ \expandafter\expandafter ++ \expandafter\xdef ++ \expandafter\expandafter ++ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ++ \paramlist{% ++ \egroup ++ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% ++ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% ++ \fi ++ \fi} ++ ++\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} + +-% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc +-% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc. ++% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a ++% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole ++% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence ++% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) ++\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} ++\def\braceorlinexxx{% ++ \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else ++ \expandafter\parsearg ++ \fi \next} ++ ++% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not ++% expanded by \write. ++\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% ++ \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} ++ ++ ++% @alias. ++% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal ++% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. ++\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx} ++\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} ++\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces ++\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=% ++ \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}% ++\expandafter\endgroup\next} + +-\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} + ++\message{cross references,} ++% @xref etc. + +-\message{cross reference,} +-% Define cross-reference macros +-\newwrite \auxfile ++\newwrite\auxfile + +-\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. ++\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. + \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. + +-% @inforef is simple. ++% @inforef is relatively simple. + \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} + \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, + node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} ++ ++% @node's job is to define \lastnode. ++\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} ++\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} ++\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} ++\let\nwnode=\node ++\let\lastnode=\relax + +-% \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo. ++% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these. ++\def\donoderef{% ++ \ifx\lastnode\relax\else ++ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% ++ {Ysectionnumberandtype}% ++ \global\let\lastnode=\relax ++ \fi ++} ++\def\unnumbnoderef{% ++ \ifx\lastnode\relax\else ++ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}% ++ \global\let\lastnode=\relax ++ \fi ++} ++\def\appendixnoderef{% ++ \ifx\lastnode\relax\else ++ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% ++ {Yappendixletterandtype}% ++ \global\let\lastnode=\relax ++ \fi ++} ++ ++ ++% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. ++% ++\newcount\savesfregister ++\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} ++\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} ++\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} ++ ++% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely ++% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have ++% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title ++% aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the ++% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. ++% ++\def\setref#1#2{{% ++ \indexdummies ++ \pdfmkdest{#1}% ++ \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% ++ \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% ++ \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}% ++}} + +-\def\setref#1{% +-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% +-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% +-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ysectionnumberandtype}} +- +-\def\unnumbsetref#1{% +-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% +-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% +-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ynothing}} +- +-\def\appendixsetref#1{% +-\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% +-\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% +-\dosetq{#1-snt}{Yappendixletterandtype}} +- +-% \xref, \pxref, and \ref generate cross-references to specified points. +-% For \xrefX, #1 is the node name, #2 the name of the Info +-% cross-reference, #3 the printed node name, #4 the name of the Info +-% file, #5 the name of the printed manual. All but the node name can be +-% omitted. ++% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is ++% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed ++% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed ++% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. + % + \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} + \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} + \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} + \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup ++ \unsepspaces + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% +@@ -4281,7 +5227,7 @@ + \else + % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside + % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. +- \ifdim \wd1>0pt% ++ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else +@@ -4302,27 +5248,54 @@ + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this + % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it + % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. ++ \ifpdf ++ \leavevmode ++ \getfilename{#4}% ++ \ifnum\filenamelength>0 ++ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% ++ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}% ++ \else ++ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% ++ goto name{#1@}% ++ \fi ++ \linkcolor ++ \fi ++ % + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt +- \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}% ++ \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \else + % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the + % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand + % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of + % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the + % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. +- {\turnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}% +- \space [\printednodename],\space ++ {\normalturnoffactive ++ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for ++ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. ++ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% ++ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi ++ }% ++ % [mynode], ++ [\printednodename],\space ++ % page 3 + \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + \fi ++ \endlink + \endgroup} + + % \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros + +-% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore +-% work in node names. +-\def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive +-\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}% +-\next}} ++% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore ++% and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.) ++\def\dosetq#1#2{% ++ {\let\folio=0% ++ \normalturnoffactive ++ \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% ++ \iflinks ++ \next ++ \fi ++ }% ++} + + % \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into + % CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...} +@@ -4373,13 +5346,15 @@ + \def\refx#1#2{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax + % If not defined, say something at least. +- $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$% +- \ifhavexrefs +- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% +- \else +- \ifwarnedxrefs\else +- \global\warnedxrefstrue +- \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% ++ \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright ++ \iflinks ++ \ifhavexrefs ++ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% ++ \else ++ \ifwarnedxrefs\else ++ \global\warnedxrefstrue ++ \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% ++ \fi + \fi + \fi + \else +@@ -4390,10 +5365,13 @@ + } + + % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. +-\def\xrdef #1#2{{% +- \catcode`\'=\other +- \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname{#2}% +-}} ++% ++\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup ++ % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument. ++ \catcode`\\ = 0 ++ \afterassignment\endgroup ++ \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname ++} + + % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. + \def\readauxfile{\begingroup +@@ -4450,8 +5428,7 @@ + \catcode`\$=\other + \catcode`\#=\other + \catcode`\&=\other +- % `\+ does not work, so use 43. +- \catcode43=\other ++ \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off + % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters + {% + \count 1=128 +@@ -4540,6 +5517,8 @@ + \xspaceskip\z@skip + \parindent\defaultparindent + % ++ \smallfonts \rm ++ % + % Hang the footnote text off the number. + \hang + \textindent{\thisfootno}% +@@ -4554,7 +5533,7 @@ + \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next} + \def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next} + \def\f@t#1{#1\@foot} +-\def\@foot{\strut\egroup} ++\def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup} + + }%end \catcode `\@=11 + +@@ -4613,23 +5592,25 @@ + + % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. + % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. +-% ++% + % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image + % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get + % undone and the next image would fail. +-\openin 1 = xepsf.tex ++\openin 1 = epsf.tex + \ifeof 1 \else + \closein 1 +- \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% do not bother showing banner ++ % Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in ++ % doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan). ++ \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% + \input epsf.tex + \fi + % ++% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. + \newif\ifwarnednoepsf + \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to + work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get +- it from ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} ++ it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} + % +-% Only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. + \def\image#1{% + \ifx\epsfbox\undefined + \ifwarnednoepsf \else +@@ -4647,43 +5628,80 @@ + % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. + % #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. + \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% +- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. +- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi +- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi +- \epsfbox{#1.eps}% ++ \ifpdf ++ \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}% ++ \else ++ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi ++ \begingroup ++ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example ++ % If the image is by itself, center it. ++ \ifvmode ++ \nobreak\bigskip ++ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert ++ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space ++ % above and below. ++ \nobreak\vskip\parskip ++ \nobreak ++ \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}% ++ \bigbreak ++ \else ++ % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space. ++ \epsfbox{#1.eps}% ++ \fi ++ \endgroup ++ \fi + } + +-% End of control word definitions. + ++\message{localization,} ++% and i18n. + +-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} +- +-\def\openindices{% +- \newindex{cp}% +- \newcodeindex{fn}% +- \newcodeindex{vr}% +- \newcodeindex{tp}% +- \newcodeindex{ky}% +- \newcodeindex{pg}% ++% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after ++% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything ++% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. ++% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. ++% ++\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage} ++\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{% ++ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. ++ % Read the file if it exists. ++ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex ++ \ifeof1 ++ \errhelp = \nolanghelp ++ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% ++ \let\temp = \relax ++ \else ++ \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }% ++ \fi ++ \temp ++ \endgroup + } ++\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or ++is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory ++should work if nowhere else does.} ++ + +-% Set some numeric style parameters, for 8.5 x 11 format. ++% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most ++% likely, but for now just recognize it. ++\let\documentencoding = \comment + +-\hsize = 6in +-\hoffset = .25in ++ ++% Page size parameters. ++% + \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt +-\parindent = \defaultparindent +-\parskip 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt +-\setleading{13.2pt} +-\advance\topskip by 1.2cm + + \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt + \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt + \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt + + % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. +-\vbadness=10000 ++\vbadness = 10000 + ++% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. ++\hbadness = 2000 ++ + % Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. + \widowpenalty=10000 + \clubpenalty=10000 +@@ -4691,101 +5709,125 @@ + % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're + % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of + % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on +-% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. ++% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. + % +-\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined +- % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. +- \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% +-\else +- \emergencystretch = \hsize +- \divide\emergencystretch by 45 +-\fi +- +-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format (or else 7x9.25) +-\def\smallbook{ +- \global\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt +- \global\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt +- \global\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt +- % +- \global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in +- \setleading{12pt} +- \advance\topskip by -1cm +- \global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt +- \global\hsize = 5in +- \global\vsize=7.5in +- \global\tolerance=700 +- \global\hfuzz=1pt +- \global\contentsrightmargin=0pt +- \global\deftypemargin=0pt +- \global\defbodyindent=.5cm +- % +- \global\pagewidth=\hsize +- \global\pageheight=\vsize +- % +- \global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx +- \global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx +- \global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp} ++\def\setemergencystretch{% ++ \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined ++ % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. ++ \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% ++ \else ++ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize ++ \fi + } + ++% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; ++% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip. Then whoever calls us can ++% set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip. ++% ++\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{% ++ \voffset = #3\relax ++ \topskip = #6\relax ++ \splittopskip = \topskip ++ % ++ \vsize = #1\relax ++ \advance\vsize by \topskip ++ \outervsize = \vsize ++ \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin ++ \pageheight = \vsize ++ % ++ \hsize = #2\relax ++ \outerhsize = \hsize ++ \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in ++ \pagewidth = \hsize ++ % ++ \normaloffset = #4\relax ++ \bindingoffset = #5\relax ++ % ++ \parindent = \defaultparindent ++ \setemergencystretch ++} ++ ++% @letterpaper (the default). ++\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt ++ \setleading{13.2pt}% ++ % ++ % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. ++ \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}% ++}} ++ ++% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. ++\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt ++ \setleading{12pt}% ++ % ++ \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}% ++ % ++ \lispnarrowing = 0.3in ++ \tolerance = 700 ++ \hfuzz = 1pt ++ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt ++ \deftypemargin = 0pt ++ \defbodyindent = .5cm ++ % ++ \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx ++ \let\smallexample = \smalllispx ++ \let\smallformat = \smallformatx ++ \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx ++}} ++ + % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. +-\def\afourpaper{ +-\global\tolerance=700 +-\global\hfuzz=1pt +-\setleading{12pt} +-\global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt +- +-\global\vsize= 53\baselineskip +-\advance\vsize by \topskip +-%\global\hsize= 5.85in % A4 wide 10pt +-\global\hsize= 6.5in +-\global\outerhsize=\hsize +-\global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in +-\global\outervsize=\vsize +-\global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in +- +-\global\pagewidth=\hsize +-\global\pageheight=\vsize +-} +- +-\bindingoffset=0pt +-\normaloffset=\hoffset +-\pagewidth=\hsize +-\pageheight=\vsize +- +-% Allow control of the text dimensions. Parameters in order: textheight; +-% textwidth; voffset; hoffset; binding offset; topskip. +-% All require a dimension; +-% header is additional; added length extends the bottom of the page. +- +-\def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{ +- \global\vsize= #1 +- \global\topskip= #6 +- \advance\vsize by \topskip +- \global\voffset= #3 +- \global\hsize= #2 +- \global\outerhsize=\hsize +- \global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in +- \global\outervsize=\vsize +- \global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in +- \global\pagewidth=\hsize +- \global\pageheight=\vsize +- \global\normaloffset= #4 +- \global\bindingoffset= #5} ++\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \setleading{12pt}% ++ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt ++ % ++ \internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}% ++ % ++ \tolerance = 700 ++ \hfuzz = 1pt ++}} + + % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin + % 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm. +-\def\afourlatex +- {\global\tolerance=700 +- \global\hfuzz=1pt +- \setleading{12pt} +- \global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt +- \advance\baselineskip by 1.6pt +- \changepagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm} +- } ++\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 ++ \setleading{13.6pt}% ++ % ++ \afourpaper ++ \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}% ++ % ++ \globaldefs = 0 ++}} + + % Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. +-\def\afourwide{\afourpaper +-\changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}} ++\def\afourwide{% ++ \afourpaper ++ \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}% ++ % ++ \globaldefs = 0 ++} ++ ++% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] ++% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, ++% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. ++% ++\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} ++\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} ++\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% ++ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi ++ \globaldefs = 1 ++ % ++ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt ++ \setleading{13.2pt}% ++ % ++ \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}% ++}} ++ ++% Set default to letter. ++% ++\letterpaper ++ ++ ++\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} + + % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. + \catcode`\"=\other +@@ -4796,6 +5838,7 @@ + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\+=\other ++\catcode`\$=\other + \def\normaldoublequote{"} + \def\normaltilde{~} + \def\normalcaret{^} +@@ -4804,6 +5847,7 @@ + \def\normalless{<} + \def\normalgreater{>} + \def\normalplus{+} ++\def\normaldollar{$} + + % This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont + % where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, +@@ -4814,7 +5858,13 @@ + % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all + % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. + % +-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} ++\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} ++ ++% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches ++% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from ++% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway ++% this is not a problem. ++\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} + + % Turn off all special characters except @ + % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). +@@ -4822,10 +5872,10 @@ + % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. + + \catcode`\"=\active +-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}} ++\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} + \let"=\activedoublequote + \catcode`\~=\active +-\def~{{\tt \char '176}} ++\def~{{\tt\char126}} + \chardef\hat=`\^ + \catcode`\^=\active + \def^{{\tt \hat}} +@@ -4836,7 +5886,7 @@ + \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}} + + \catcode`\|=\active +-\def|{{\tt \char '174}} ++\def|{{\tt\char124}} + \chardef \less=`\< + \catcode`\<=\active + \def<{{\tt \less}} +@@ -4845,6 +5895,8 @@ + \def>{{\tt \gtr}} + \catcode`\+=\active + \def+{{\tt \char 43}} ++\catcode`\$=\active ++\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar} + %\catcode 27=\active + %\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} + +@@ -4875,9 +5927,6 @@ + % \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. + \def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} + +-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +-\escapechar=`\@ +- + % \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q + \catcode`\\=\active + +@@ -4891,7 +5940,8 @@ + @let|=@normalverticalbar + @let<=@normalless + @let>=@normalgreater +-@let+=@normalplus} ++@let+=@normalplus ++@let$=@normaldollar} + + @def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote + @let\=@normalbackslash +@@ -4901,7 +5951,8 @@ + @let|=@normalverticalbar + @let<=@normalless + @let>=@normalgreater +-@let+=@normalplus} ++@let+=@normalplus ++@let$=@normaldollar} + + % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. + % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. +@@ -4920,16 +5971,29 @@ + % Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input + % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. + % +-@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi +- @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active} ++@gdef@fixbackslash{% ++ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi ++ @catcode`+=@active ++ @catcode`@_=@active ++} ++ ++% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. ++@escapechar = `@@ + +-%% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below +-%% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10 +-@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other ++% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. ++@catcode`@& = @other ++@catcode`@# = @other ++@catcode`@% = @other + ++@c Set initial fonts. + @textfonts + @rm + ++ + @c Local variables: ++@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) + @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" ++@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" ++@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" ++@c time-stamp-end: "}" + @c End: |